l;.* ffi''g* (ifaprit, 2ol 5
|
|
|
- Beverly Sherman
- 10 years ago
- Views:
Transcription
1 NATURAL PETROCHEMICALS PVT. LTD. (Formerly Divine Petrochemicals Pvt. Ltd.) 101-8, Mehta Estate, lst Floor, Chakala, Andheri - Kurla Road, Andheri (East), Mumbai lndla. Member Secretary (Expert Appraisal Committee; Industry-llpr r ar*it1ar-^^^r ^^^^^F^^r /ra\ nn,i6i^^ llf.llt/-dta et lmpact Assessment (la) Division Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change, S f,x. lndira Paryavaran Bhawan, Aliganj, Jor Bagh Road, New Delhi Kind Attention : Subject : Reference Dear Sir, Mr. Lalit Bokolia (Director) l;.* ffi''g* (ifaprit, 2ol <) z"t -,.,\ t 7'\ Submission of revised EIA-EMP reoort for Environmental Clearance for our proposed expansion project for the manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Resin 1. F. No. J-11011t lA ll (l) 2. Minutes for 34'" EAC (lndustry 2) meeting held on We would like mentioned here that presentation for the final appraisal of our proposed expansion project for the manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Resin was held during 34'" EAC (lndustry 2) meeting held on During the meeting it was advised to incorporate the following in the EIA-EMP report and submit the same for appraisal; 1. Reexamining / rechecking of all the ambient air quality data as the same was not properly documented: The ambient air quality data were properly documented in the Chapter-3 of EIA report. However, there was typographical error in the air quality data mentioned in oresentation conducted on and further we assure that it will be taken care in future. Details of wastewater treatment scheme: The details of Effluent Treatment Plant with the flow diagram and treatment scheme are incorporated in Section 2.11 of Chapter-2 of EIA report. lnlet and Outlet characteristics of waste water: The characteristics of raw effluent and treated effluent are incorporated in the Section 2.11 of Chapter-z of EIA report. Point wise response to public hearing issues: The crux of the Public Hearing was already given in the Chapter - 10 of EIA report and the whole documents of Public Hearing Proceedings comprising public point wise response to public hearing issues were also given as an Annexure-20 with the EIA report. However, during presentation conducted on only crux of the Public Hearing covering public hearing issues and response given was mentioned without the name of participant. We, further, assure that it will be taken care in future.
2
3 FINAL REPORT ON ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION OF UNSATURATED POLYESTER RESIN & ALKYD RESIN MANUFACTURING (FROM 1200 TPM TO 3500 TPM) NATURAL PETROCHEMICALS PVT. LTD. S No. 443, Village: Bhimasar, Anjar-Bhimasar Road, Taluka: Anjar, District: Kutch, Gujarat. Prepared By: (QCI-NABET ACCREDITED EIA CONSULTANT) 3 rd Floor, Akashganga Complex, B/s. Suvidha Shopping Centre, Nr. Parimal Underpass, Paldi, AHMEDABAD , Gujarat. Telefax: (079) , ; [email protected] April, 2015
4 EIA-EMP REPORT
5 TABLE OF CONTENTS Contents List of Tables List of Figures List of Annexure List of Abbreviations List of Symbols / Notations Copy of TOR issued by MoEF TOR Compliance i vii x xii xiii xiv xv xxi CONTENTS SR. NO. TITLE PAGE NO. CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION 1.1 Preamble Promoters & their Background Need of the EIA study Objectives of EIA Study Purpose of EIA Study Structure of Report Regulatory Framework 1.6 CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 Preamble Justification of the Project Project Location Justification of site selection Product Profile 2.7 Table of Contents Page i
6 SR. NO. TITLE PAGE NO. 2.6 Manufacturing Process Solvent Requirements & Recovery System Details of Raw materials Energy Balance Resource Requirements Land Machineries & Utilities Capital Cost Power / Electricity Water Fuel Man Power Pollution Potential & Management Water Pollution Air Pollution Hazardous waste Noise & Vibration 2.29 CHAPTER 3: BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS 3.1 Preamble Approach & methodology of baseline study Study Area Study Period Sampling Location Frequency of Monitoring Method of Sampling & Analysis Baseline environment Topography & Geology Seismology Land use Pattern Meteorology 3.10 Table of Contents Page ii
7 SR. NO. TITLE PAGE NO Temperature Humidity Cloudiness Wind Speed & Wind Direction Rainfall Mixing Height Micrometeorology Ambient Air Quality Hydrology Soil Quality Noise Level Ecological Status Flora Fauna Socio-economic Structure Population Growth Literacy Occupational Structure Infrastructural Facilities 3.38 CHAPTER- 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES 4.1 Preamble Identification of Environmental Impacts Construction Phase Operation Phase Prediction of Environmental Impacts Impacts During Construction Phase and Its Mitigative Measures Impacts During Operation Phase and Its Mitigative Measures Water Environment Air Environment Land/ Soil Environment 4.23 Table of Contents Page iii
8 SR. NO. TITLE PAGE NO Noise Environment Ecological Environment Aesthetic Environment Socio-Economic Environment 4.26 CHAPTER 5: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) 5.1 Preamble Objectives of the EMP Environmental Management Plan (EMP) Greenbelt Development Plan Rainwater Harvesting System Application Of Cleaner Production Technology Pollution Prevention Water Conservation Energy Conservation Reuse / Recycle Good Housekeeping Budgetary Allocation for Environment protection 5.13 CHAPTER 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 6.1 Preamble Monitoring Program Infrastructural requirement & procurement schedules Corporate Environmental Responsibility Environment management cell Administrative actions & documentation Data Analysis Reporting Schedules Environmental Monitoring Expenditure 6.7 CHAPTER 7: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) 7.1 Table of Contents Page iv
9 SR. NO. TITLE PAGE NO. CHAPTER 8: RISK AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT 8.1 Preamble Objective, philosophy and methodology of risk assessment Objective Philosophy Methodology Hazardous material, process & safety management Hazardous Chemicals Safety measures for transportation, storage & handling of 8.5 chemicals Critical safety measures for process units Safety Measures For Preventive Maintenance Safety measures to prevent spillage / leakage of toxic chemicals Occupational Health & Safety Program Risk assessment study Identification of High Risk Areas Modes of Failure Maximum Credible Accident Analysis and Its Mitigation Measures Consequences Analysis Definitions & Explanation of Terms Used Possible Accident Scenario Risk Mitigative Measures Fire Fighting System Emergency Management Onsite Emergency Plan And Disaster Management Plan Emergency Control Centre Assembly Points Codification of Sirens Training and Education Mock Rehearsal 8.34 Table of Contents Page v
10 [ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report SR. NO. TITLE PAGE NO Updating the Plan Key Personnel & their Responsibilities Emergency Organization Chart Emergency Action Plan Offsite Emergency Plan Earthquake History & Management Plan Landslide Hazard Map & Mitigation Plan 8.51 CHAPTER 9: PROJECT BENEFITS 9.1 Employment Opportunities Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) & Socio-economic Development Direct Revenue Earning to the National and State Exchequer Infrastructural benefit Other tangible Benefits 9.5 CHAPTER 10: PUBLIC CONSULTATION 10.1 CHAPTER 11: PROJECT SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 11.1 Salient Features of the Project Conclusion 11.3 CHAPTER 12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT 12.1 Table of Contents Page vi
11 LIST OF TABLES TABLE PAGE TITLE NO. NO. 1.1 Promoters & Their Background Structure of EIA Report Applicable Regulatory Provision for Proposed Expansion Project Salient features of the project site List of Products & Production Capacity Details of Products List of Raw Materials with Requirement Details of Products & Raw Materials storage & Handling Energy Balance of Thermic Fluid Heater Break-up of Area Details of Machineries and Utilities Capital Cost of the project Details of Fuel requirement Details of Manpower Requirement Product wise Water Consumption & Wastewater Generation Category wise Water Consumption & Wastewater Generation Details of Effluent Treatment Plant Stage-wise Characteristics of Effluent Details of Flue Gas Stacks Technical Specifications of Air Pollution Control Equipment Details of Hazardous waste generation and management Sampling & Monitoring Locations Frequency of Environmental Monitoring and Method of Sampling & Analysis Land Use Pattern of the Study Area Meteorological Parameters Ambient Air Quality Status Details of Nearby Wells Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Water Physico-Chemical Characteristic of Soil 3.24 Table of Contents Page vii
12 TABLE PAGE TITLE NO. NO. 3.9 Noise Level in Study Area Enumeration of Flora in the study area List of Flora in the study area List of Fauna in the study area Socio economic profile (a) Identification of Impacts during Construction Phase (b) Identification of Impacts during Operation Phase (a) Prediction of Impacts during Construction Phase (b) Prediction of Impacts during Operation Phase Impacts & its Mitigative Measures during Construction Phase Details of Stacks emission due to proposed expansion First Three Highest 24-Hourly Average GLC Values First Highest 24-Hourly Average GLC Values for AAQM Stations Incremental ground level concentration of pollutants Environmental management plan Details of plant species Estimation of availability of yearly runoff Recurring cost for environmental management Environmental Monitoring Program Details of Hospitals Tie-up for Medical Assistance Responsibilities of EMC Details of Hazardous Chemicals Details of Personal Protective Equipments Storage details of hazardous chemicals Threshold values of the Hazardous Chemicals Atmospheric Conditions Assumed Source Strength considered for Styrene Monomer Threat zone of toxic liquid concentration Flammable area of vapor cloud Threat zone of thermal radiation from pool fire Threat zone of thermal radiation from BLEVE Source Strength considered for Xylene 8.22 Table of Contents Page viii
13 TABLE PAGE TITLE NO. NO Toxic Threat zone Flammable area of vapor cloud Threat zone of thermal radiation from pool fire Threat zone of thermal radiation from BLEVE Details of Fire Extinguishers List of Fire Fighting & Rescue Squad Members CSR Activities Carried Out by Unit CSR Plan towards Enterprise Social Commitment 9.4 Table of Contents Page ix
14 LIST OF FIGURES FIGURE PAGE TITLE NO. NO. 2.1 Location Map of Project Site Key Infrastructure & Administrative Map of Study Area Google Map showing Project site and surrounding area in 20 Km Google map showing Project site and nearby industries Key Plan & Plant Lay-out Water Balance Diagram (After Proposed Project) Schematic Diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant Map of Study Area showing Sampling & Monitoring Locations Satellite Image of the Study Area Land use / Land Cover Map of the Study Area Wind Rose Diagram Map showing hydrology of the study area Map of Study Area Showing Population Distribution Map of Study Area showing population literacy rate Map of Study Area showing workers distribution Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for PM Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for SO Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for NOx Beneficial Impacts due to the Project Typical Cross Section of Rain Water Harvesting Pit Environment Health & Safety Policy Environmental management cell Source Strength in case of Styrene Monomer escapes Isopleths result of Toxic threat at a point for Styrene Monomer Source Strength in case of Styrene Monomer escapes (Pool Fire) Thermal radiation at a point in case of Styrene Monomer escapes (Pool Fire) Isopleths result of threat zone of thermal radiation from BLEVE Source Strength in case of Xylene escapes 8.23 Table of Contents Page x
15 FIGURE PAGE TITLE NO. NO. 8.7 Isopleths result of toxic threat at a point for Xylene Source Strength in case of Xylene escapes (Pool Fire) Isopleths result of threat zone of thermal radiation from BLEVE Plant Emergency Evacuation Plan Seismic Zone Map of Gujarat Landslide Hazard Zonation Map of India 8.52 Table of Contents Page xi
16 LIST OF ANNEXURES ANNEXURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO. 1. No Objection Certificate (NOC/ CTE) from GPCB for the existing A-2 unit 2. Consent to Operate (CTO/CCA) from GPCB for the existing unit A-5 3. Compliance report of NOC/CTE A Certified copy of compliance status of CTO from GPCB A The questionnaire for industry sector specified by MoEF A Land possession documents A NA Certificate for the acquired land A List of industries in nearby area A Permission of water supply from GWIL A Membership certificate of Common Hazardous Waste A-47 Management Facility 11. AAQ monitoring results A Gaseous emissions reports of NABL approved laboratory and A-56 recent monitoring reports from SPCB 13. Medical Examination Report of workers A Format for maintaining occupational health records of workers A Photographs Showing (a) Existing plant A-67 (b) Greenbelt area A-68 (c) Proposed expansion area A-69 (d) ETP and Hazardous waste storage area A-70 (e) Safety management in existing plant A Photographs of baseline monitoring during EIA study A National Ambient Air Quality standards A Drinking Water Specification as per IS:10500:2012 A Ambient Air Quality standards in respects of noise A Public Hearing Proceeding A-81 Table of Contents Page xii
17 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AAQM APHA APCM APTI BDL CP CPCB CHWIF CSR EAC EIA EC EHS EMP EMS EPA ETP DMP GLC GOI GPCB HAZOP IMD IS ISCST ISO MOC MoEF MSL MSDS NH NOC : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring : American Public Health Association : Air Pollution Control Measure : Air Pollution Tolerance Index : Below Detectable Limit : Cleaner Production : Central Pollution Control Board : Common Hazardous Waste & Incineration facility : Corporate Social Responsibility : Expert Appraisal Committee : Environmental Impact Assessment : Environment Clearance : Environment, Health & Safety : Environment Management Plan : Environment Management System : Environmental Protection Act : Effluent Treatment Plant : Disaster Management Plan : Ground Level Concentration : Government of India : Gujarat Pollution Control Board : Hazard & Operability Study : Indian Metrological Data : Indian Standard : Industrial Source Complex Short term : International Standard Organization : Material Of Construction : Ministry of Environment & Forest : Mean Sea Level : Material Safety Data Sheets : National Highway : No Objection Certificate Table of Contents Page xiii
18 OSHA PAC PM PPEs RA TOR TSDF TDS : Occupational Safety And Health Administration : Poly Aluminum Chloride : Particulate Matter : Personal Protective Equipments : Risk Assessment : Terms of Reference : Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility : Total Dissolved Solid LIST OF SYMBOLS / NOTATIONS C : Degree Celsius db(a) : Decibels(A-Weighted) gm/cc : Gram per Cubic Centimeter Kcal/ Hr : Kilo Calorie per Hour KVA : Kilo Volts Ampere KLD : Kilo Liters per Day KW : Kilo Watt m : meters m/s : Meters per Second mg/lit : Milligram/ Liters mg/m 3 : Milligram/cube meter of air MW : Mega Watt µg/m 3 : Microgram/cube meter of air µs : Microgram second NO X : Oxides of Nitrogen ppm : Parts per Million SO 2 : Sulphur dioxide Sq.km : Square kilometer Sqm : Square Meter TPM : Tonne per Month Table of Contents Page xiv
19 COPY OF TOR ISSUED BY MoEF
20 Terms of Reference (TOR) Page xv
21 Terms of Reference (TOR) Page xvi
22 Terms of Reference (TOR) Page xvii
23 Terms of Reference (TOR) Page xviii
24 Terms of Reference (TOR) Page xix
25 This page has been left intentionally blank Terms of Reference (TOR) Page xx
26 TOR COMPLIANCE
27 COMPLIANCE OF TOR TOR No. TOR Points Compliance Status 1. Executive summary of the project Separately provided with the EIA report 2. Photographs of the existing and Refer Annexure-15 (a) proposed plant area 3. Compliance to the conditions stipulated The existing unit was not covered under in the Environmental Clearance / NOC the old EIA Notification-1994 prevalent granted by the SPCB. at the time of its establishment and hence Environmental Clearance was not obtained by the unit. 4. A certified copy of the report of the status of compliance of the conditions stipulated in the environmental clearance and Consent to Operate for the ongoing existing operation of the project by the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests and SPCB. 5. Recent monitoring report from SPCB, which shall include data on AAQ, water quality, solid waste etc. shall be submitted. 6. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, compliance to the notice(s) Refer Annexure-1 & 3 for Copy of NOC & Compliance report of NOC respectively. Refer Annexure-4 for the certified copy of the compliance report of CTO from Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB) for our existing plant and recommendation for our proposed project. The existing unit was not covered under the old EIA Notification-1994 prevalent at the time of its establishment and hence Environmental Clearance was not obtained by the unit. Therefore unit does not require to obtain certified compliance report of the conditions stipulated in the environmental clearance for the ongoing existing operation of the project by the Regional Office of the MEF&CC. Refer Chapter-1, Section-1.7 Refer Annexure-12 for monitoring report from GPCB as well as NABL approved laboratory. No such notice has been received in last two years 7. A line diagram/flow sheet for the Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.6 and Compliance of TOR Page xxi
28 TOR No. TOR Points Compliance Status process and EMP Chapter-5 8. The earlier questionnaire for industry Refer Annexure-5 sector should be submitted while submitting EIA/EMP. 9. A site location map on Indian map of Refer Chapter-2, Figure-2.1, 2.2, 2.3 & 1:10,00,000 scale followed by 1:50,000/ 2.4 (Pg. No. 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 & 2.6) 1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet with at least next 10 kms of terrains i.e. circle of 10 kms and further 10 kms on A3/A2 sheets with proper longitude /latitude /heights with min. 100/200 m. contours should be included. 3-D view i.e. DEM (Digital Elevation Model) for the area in 10 km radius from the proposal site. 10. Present land use should be prepared based on satellite imagery. Highresolution satellite image data having 1m-5m spatial resolution like quick bird, Ikonos, IRS P-6 pan sharpened etc. for the 10Km radius area from proposed site. The same should be used for land used/land-cover mapping of the area. 11. Location of national parks / wildlife sanctuary / reserve forests within 10 km. radius should specifically be mentioned. A map showing land use / land cover, reserved forests, wildlife sanctuaries, national parks, tiger reserve etc. in 10 km of the project site. 12. Project site layout plan to scale using AutoCAD showing raw materials, fly ash and other storage plans, bore well or water storage, aquifers (within 1 km.) dumping, waste disposal, green areas, water bodies, rivers/drainage passing through the project site should be included. 13. Details and classification of total land (identified and acquired) should be included. Refer Chapter-3, Section-3.3.3, Figure- 3.3 (Pg. No. 3.9) There is no national parks / wildlife sanctuary / reserve forests within 10 Km radius areas from the Plant Site. For land use/ land cover Refer Chapter-3, Section-3.3.3, Figure-3.3 (Pg. No. 3.9) Refer Chapter-2, Section , Figure-2.5 (Pg. No. 2.17) Proposed expansion will be carried out within the existing premises having an total area of 42,290 sqmt. For the area break-up and plant lay-out refer Chapter-2, Section , Figure-2.5 Compliance of TOR Page xxii
29 TOR No. TOR Points 14. Proposal should be submitted to the Ministry for environment clearance only after acquiring total land. Necessary documents indicating acquisition of land should be included. 15. A list of industries containing name and type in 10 km radius shall be incorporated. 16. List of raw material required and source along with mode of transportation should be included. All the trucks for raw material and finished product transportation must be Environmentally Compliant. 17. Manufacturing process details for the synthetic chemicals unit should be included. 18. Mass balance for the raw material and products should be included. 19. Energy balance data for all the components should be incorporated. 20. Site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall should be collected. 21. Sources of secondary emissions, its control and monitoring as per the CPCB guidelines should be included. A full chapter on fugitive emissions and (Pg. No. 2.17) Compliance Status Refer Annexure-6 & 7 for land possession documents and NA permission respectively. Proposed expansion will be carried out within the existing premises having an total area of 42,290 sqmt. No additional land will be required for the proposed expansion. Refer Annexure-6 & 7 for land possession documents and NA permission for the acquired land. Refer Annexure-8 for the list of industries and refer Figure 2.4 (Pg. No. 2.6) for Google map showing nearby industries Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.8 Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.6 Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.6 Unit has made all the necessary provisions in existing plant for energy conservation and unit is also planning to conduct energy audit regularly after the proposed expansion. Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.9 for energy balance Refer Chapter-3, Section Refer Chapter-2, Section and Chapter-4, Section (C) Compliance of TOR Page xxiii
30 TOR No. TOR Points control technologies should be provided. 22. An action plan to control and monitor secondary fugitive emissions from all the sources as per the latest permissible limits issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R. 414(E) dated 30th May, Compliance Status G.S.R. 414(E) dated 30th May, 2008 is for Sponge Iron Plant whereas this is an existing synthetic organic resins manufacturing unit and intend to do expansion in existing production capacity and therefore, this is not applicable to this unit. However, unit has taken all the adequate measures to control the fugitive emissions as described in Chapter-4, Section-4.5.2(C) 23. Vehicular pollution control and its Refer Chapter-4, Section-4.5.2(C) and management plan should be submitted. Chapter-5, Section Ambient air quality at 8 locations within Refer Chapter-3, Section the study area of 10 km aerial coverage from project site with one AAQMS in downwind direction should be carried out. 25. Determination of atmospheric inversion Refer Chapter-3, Section and level at the project site and assessment Chapter-4, Section of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. 26. Air quality modeling for all the plants proposed for specific pollutants needs to be done. APCS for the control of emissions within 50 mg/nm3 should be included. 27. Action plan to follow National Ambient Air Quality Emission Standards issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R. No. 826(E) dated 16th November, 2009 should be included. 28. Ambient air quality monitoring should be included for the day (24 hrs) for maximum GLC along with following : i. Emissions (g/second) with and without the air pollution control measures ii. Meteorological inputs (wind speed, Refer Chapter-4, Section and Chapter-2, Section Refer Chapter-4, Section Refer Chapter-3, Section & 3.3.6; Chapter-4, Section and Chapter-8, Section 8.4 Compliance of TOR Page xxiv
31 TOR No. TOR Points m/s), wind direction, ambient air temperature, cloud cover, relative humidity iii. Model input options for terrain, plume rise, deposition etc. iv. Print-out of model input and output on hourly and daily average basis v. A graph of daily averaged concentration (MGLC scenario) with downwind distance at every 500 m interval covering the exact location of GLC. vi. Details of air pollution control methods used with percentage efficiency that are used for emission rate estimation with respect to each pollutant vii. Applicable air quality standards as per LULC covered in the study area and % contribution of the proposed plant to the applicable Air quality standard. In case of expansion project, the contribution should be inclusive of both existing and expanded capacity. viii. No. I-VII are to be repeated for fugitive emissions and any other source type relevant and used for industry ix. Graphs of monthly average daily concentration with down-wind distance x. Specify when and where the ambient air quality standards are exceeded either due to the proposed plant alone or when the plant contribution is added to the background air quality. xi. Fugitive dust protection or dust reduction technology for workers within 30 m of the plant active areas. Compliance Status Compliance of TOR Page xxv
32 TOR TOR Points Compliance Status No. 29. Impact of the transport of the raw Refer Chapter-4, Section materials and end products on the surrounding environment should be assessed and provided. 30. One season data for gaseous emissions Refer Annexure-12 other than monsoon season is necessary. 31. Presence of aquifer(s) within 1 km of the Refer Chapter-3, Section and project boundaries and management Chapter-5, Section-5.5 plan for recharging the aquifer should be included. 32. Source of surface/ground water level, site (GPS), cation, anion (Ion Chromatograph), metal trace element (as above) chemical analysis for water to be used along with a Piper and Piper Duro-V diagram. If surface water is used from river, rainfall, discharge rate, quantity, drainage and distance from project site should also be included. 33. Ground water analysis with bore well data, litho-logs, drawdown and recovery tests to quantify the area and volume of aquifer and its management. 34. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site should be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources. Rain water harvesting and groundwater recharge structures may also be constructed outside the plant premises in consultation with local Gram Panchayat and Village Heads to augment the ground water level. Compliance of TOR Page xxvi Refer Chapter-3, Section Source of water for the existing unit as well as proposed expansion is Narmada water supplied through pipeline by Gujarat Water Infrastructure Ltd. Refer Chapter-3, Section Source of water for the existing unit as well as proposed expansion is Narmada water supplied through pipeline by Gujarat Water Infrastructure Ltd. No ground water is used for any purpose in existing unit and this practice will also be followed after proposed expansion also. Refer Chapter-5, Section-5.5
33 TOR No. TOR Points Incorporation of water harvesting plan for the project is necessary, if source of water is bore well. 35. Permission for the drawl of water from the concerned authority and water balance data including quantity of effluent generated, recycled and reused and discharged is to be provided. Methods adopted/to be adopted for the water conservation should be included. 36. Surface water quality of nearby River (60 m upstream and downstream) and other surface drains at 8 locations must be ascertained. 37. If the site is within 10 km radius of any major river, Flood Hazard Zonation Mapping is required at 1:5000 to 1;10,000 scale indicating the peak and lean river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency. 38. Ground water monitoring minimum at 8 locations and near solid waste dump zone. Geological features and Geohydrological status of the study area are essential as also. Ecological status (Terrestrial and Aquatic) is vital. 39. Detailed description of the flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) should be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. 40. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area should be included. The green belt should be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the travelling roads should also be incorporated. All rooftops/terraces should have some Compliance Status Refer Annexure-9 for permission of water. For water balance data refer Chapter-2, Section For water conservation methods, refer Chapter-5, Section-5.5 & There is not any perennial river, reservoir etc in the study area. However, in certain villages, ponds have been seen during study period from which water samples have been collected to find out the water quality as a part of baseline study. Refer Chapter-3, Section No major perennial river exists within the study area. Refer Chapter-3, Section & For ecological status, refer Chapter-3, Section Refer Chapter-3, Section Refer Chapter-5, Section-5.4 Compliance of TOR Page xxvii
34 TOR TOR Points No. green cover. 41. Detailed description of the flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) should be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. 42. Disaster Management Plan including risk assessment & damage control needs to be addressed and included. Landslide hazard map and mitigation plan, Earthquake history and management plan should be submitted. 43. Action plan for solid/hazardous waste generation, storage, utilization and disposal should be covered. 44. Occupational health: a. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of above mentioned hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved, b. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of abovementioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. c. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Compliance of TOR Page xxviii Compliance Status Refer Chapter-3, Section Refer Chapter-8, Section-8.5 for risk assessment; Section-8.6 for risk mitigative measures; Section-8.7 for disaster management plan; Section-8.9 for Earthquake history and management plan; Section-8.10 for Landslide hazard map and mitigation plan Refer Chapter-2, Section Refer Chapter-8, Section-8.4 and Annexure-13 & 14
35 TOR TOR Points No. Occupational Health and Safety. d. Action plan for the implementation of OHS standards as per OSHAS/USEPA. e. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and sub-contract workers. 45. Corporate Environment Policy i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA. iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given. iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism should be detailed in the EIA report. 46. At least 5 % of the total cost of the project should be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment and item-wise details along with time bound action plan should be prepared and incorporated. Compliance Status Refer Chapter-6, Section-6.4, 6.5 & 6.6 Refer Chapter-9, Section-9.2 Compliance of TOR Page xxix
36 TOR TOR Points No. 47. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures. 48. Any litigation pending against the project and / or any direction / order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof. The following general points should be noted: i. All documents should be properly indexed, page numbered. ii. Period/date of data collection should be clearly indicated. iii. Authenticated English translation of all material in Regional languages should be provided. iv. The letter/application for environmental clearance should quote the MOEF file no. and also attach a copy of the letter. v. The copy of the letter received from the Ministry should be also attached as an annexure to the final EIA-EMP Report. vi. The index of the final EIA-EMP report must indicate the specific chapter and page no. of the EIA-EMP Report vii. While preparing the EIA report, the instructions for the proponents and instructions for the consultants issued by MoEF vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006- IA.II (I) dated 4th August, 2009, which are available on the website of this Ministry should also be followed. viii. The consultants involved in the preparation of EIA/EMP report after accreditation with Quality Council of India (QCl) / National Accreditation Board of Education and Training (NABET) would need to include a certificate in this regard in the EIA/EMP reports prepared by them and data provided by other organization/ Laboratories including their status of approvals etc. Compliance Status Refer Chapter-2, Section and Chapter-5, Section-5.7 No litigation is pending and no direction has been passed by any Court against the project/unit Complied Complied; Refer Chapter - 3, Section and Annexure - 11 Not Applicable F. No. J-11011/329/2012-IA II (I); Copy of TOR attached at the beginning of the report Copy of TOR attached at the beginning of the report Complied Complied Refer Chapter - 12 Compliance of TOR Page xxx
37 CHAPTERS
38 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION
39 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 PREAMBLE M/s. Natural Petrochemicals Pvt. Ltd. (NPPL) is an existing large scale unit located at S. No. 443 of Bhimasar Village on Anjar-Bhimasar Road in Anjar Taluka of District Kutch in Gujarat. At present, unit is manufacturing Synthetic Organic Resins viz. Unsaturated Polyester Resins and Alkyd Resins with the production capacity of 1,000 TPM & 200 TPM respectively. Now, considering market demand, the unit intends to do expansion by increasing the production capacity of existing products within the same premises. Due to this proposed expansion, the cumulative production capacity of both the products will be increased from 1,200 TPM to 3,500 TPM. Hence, there will be an expansion of 2,300 TPM. The unit believes in sustainable development and equally concern about environment preservation and pollution control. Since the foundation the unit has already provided adequate Environmental Management System in existing plant. The unit also proposes to provide adequate Environmental Management System to meet desired norms of effluent discharge (Water + Air + Solid) for their proposed project as per the statutory recruitments and also prepared to put its continuous endeavor for the pollution prevention and betterment of environment. 1.2 PROMOTERS & THEIR BACKGROUND With rapid improvement in the demand of plastics and plastics products and envisaging the promising potential, the NPPL group has decided to set-up a manufacturing unit in the Resin Sector and has installed the resin manufacturing plant at Bhimasar in Kutch District of Gujarat in the year The location offers a number of advantages such as proximity to rail, road and port easy availability of Land, water, power as well as number of benefits offered by Government of Gujarat and Government of India. The group already has a presence in the domestic and international polymers market by way of manufacturing and marketing of its own products as well as trading of other plastic products. The Company is incorporated in the State of Maharashtra to carry on the business of manufacturers, processors, buyers, sellers, importers, exporters or otherwise dealers in all kinds of Polymers, Synthetic Resins, Unsaturated Polyester Chapter-1: Introduction Page 1.1
40 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Resins, Glycols, Polymers, Polypropylenes, Wire Enamel, Epoxy Resins, Phenotic Resins, Alkyd Resins and Maelic Resins, under the certificate of incorporation issued by the Registrar of Companies, Mumbai. M/s. Natural Petrochemicals Pvt. Ltd. as been promoted by directors Mr. Sandeep Khandelwal and Mr. Ravi Kumar Yadav and was registered in Mumbai in the Year Details about the promoters are given in Table 1.1. Table 1.1: Promoters & Their Background Sr. No Name of Promoters & Designation Mr. Sandeep Khandelwal [Managing Director] Mr. Ravi Kumar Yadav [Director] 1.3 NEED OF THE EIA STUDY Address Age Qualification Experience S. No. 443, Village: Bhimasar, Anjar-Bhimasar Road, Taluka: Anjar, District: Kutch, Gujarat. 45 years 33 years B.E. (Electronics) B.Com 24 Years 11 Years The proposed expansion project is covered under Category 5(f)-A as per new EIA Notification of Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF), dated 14-Sep-06. Therefore, the unit requires to obtain Environmental Clearance (EC) from Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF), New Delhi. The purpose of the Environmental Impact Assessment study and report is to comply with the ToR issued by the MoEF as a part of the process to obtain Environmental Clearance. Most importantly the purpose of EIA study is to identify and mitigate environmental impacts in a timely manner. NPPL has appointed Envisafe Environment Consultants (Envisafe), Ahmedabad as an EIA Consultant for the proposed expansion project. Envisafe is an EIA Consultant accredited by the National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET), an organization working under the Quality Council of India (QCI), which is mandatory for carrying out EIA Projects as per the MoEF s Office Memorandum dated 02-Dec-09. Details of the Envisafe are provided separately as a Chapter-12. Chapter-1: Introduction Page 1.2
41 1.4 OBJECTIVES OF EIA STUDY Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a planning tool to give the environment its due place in the decision making process by clearly evaluating the environmental consequences of a proposed activity before action is taken. Thus, the main objective of EIA is to determine as precisely as possible, within the present limits of knowledge and expertise, the likely environmental impacts of a planned development activity and incorporate efficient environmental protection measures right at the planning stage of project in such a way that the residual adverse effects becomes acceptable or almost none. The objectives of the present environmental impact assessment study briefly described below: To support the goals of environmental protection and sustainable development. To integrate environmental protection and economic decisions at the earliest stages of planning an activity. To identify and assess environmental, social, economic, and cultural consequences of a proposed activity and to delineate plans for the mitigation of adverse impacts resulting from the proposed activity. To provide for the involvement of the public, Government department and Government agencies in the review of the proposed activities. Thus, by using EIA tool both environmental and economic benefits can be achieved, such as reduced cost & time of project design & implementation, avoided treatment/clean-up costs, impacts of laws and regulations, etc. 1.5 PURPOSE OF EIA STUDY The concept of EIA has corollaries in the long run for almost all development activity because sustainable development depends on protecting the natural resources which is the foundation for further development. The main purposes of doing environmental impact assessment study are: To assess the prevailing environmental status within the study area around the project site. To critically analyze the various activity of the proposed project and identify potential source of environmental pollution. To assess the impacts of the proposed project on the environment. Chapter-1: Introduction Page 1.3
42 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report To identify and assess significant impacts of proposed project on environmental components through matrix method. To suggest preventive and mitigation measures to minimize or avoid the adverse impacts on the environment and to maximize the beneficial impacts. To prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and delineate post-project environmental monitoring program to be pursued by the industries. To prepare an EIA Study report and utilize it for applicable statutory clearances for proposed project and/or any other management purpose. Thus, the present EIA study will help the proponent in their planning of effective control measures to avoid or minimize the likely adverse impacts on environment due to their proposed project. 1.6 STRUCTURE OF REPORT The EIA report has been structured covering various aspects like project description, baseline conditions, environmental impacts, mitigation measures, environmental management plan as directed by MoEF vide letter of awarded ToR. Copy of ToR and its compliance is provided at the beginning of this report. Further, the present EIA report has been prepared chapter-wise in accordance with generic structure suggested by MoEF in EIA notification. The present report of the EIA study for the proposed expansion in the manufacturing of synthetic organic resins by NPPL has been prepared in the following structure; Table 1.2: Structure of EIA Report Sr. No. EIA Structure Contents 1. Introduction Identification of project & project proponent Need, Objectives & Purpose of EIA study EIA structure & Regulatory Frame work 2. Project description Description & Justification of the project Project Location and Salient features of the project site Maps showing Project Location, plant layout & administrative map of study area Proposed Product and process description Description of facilities, infrastructure need, resource Chapter-1: Introduction Page 1.4
43 Sr. No. EIA Structure 3. Baseline Environmental status 4. Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures 5. Environmental Management Plan 6. Environmental Monitoring Program 7. Analysis of site alternatives (technology & site) 8. Risk and safety management Contents requirement, pollution potentials & management Approach & methodology of baseline study Establishment of baseline status for valued environmental parameters as identified in scope Maps of Study Area showing Sampling & Monitoring Locations and land use pattern. Identification & prediction of environmental impacts during construction as well as operation phases of the proposed project Evaluation of Impacts on air environment using mathematical model. Mitigation measures for minimizing and / or avoiding adverse impacts during construction as well as operation phases Environmental Management Plan for various project Activities Illustration of greenbelt development plan, rainwater harvesting system and application of cleaner production technology Budgetary allocation for environment protection Technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures including measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules Description of the administrative & managerial aspects of ensuring that mitigation measures are implemented and their effectiveness monitored Justification of sites selection & technology for the manufacturing of proposed products Details of hazardous chemicals and Safety measures for the transportation, loading/unloading, Storage/handling etc. Risk Assessment Safety measures for the manufacturing process and preventive maintenance Occupational Health & Safety Management Chapter-1: Introduction Page 1.5
44 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Sr. No. EIA Structure Contents Disaster Management Plan Onsite-offsite emergency plan 9. Project Benefits Employment opportunity and Corporate social responsibility (CSR) Socio-economic development and Improvements in the physical & social infrastructure Employment & Other tangible benefits 10. Public Consultation / Public hearing 11. Summary & Conclusion 12. Disclosure of Consultants Engaged 1.7 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK Draft EIA report will be submitted for public hearing and Minutes of Public Consultation / Public Hearing will be incorporated in the final EIA report Salient features of the project covering project description, location, mitigation measures, costing etc. Overall Conclusion for the proposed project Details of the EIA consultants, experts & Laboratory engaged engaged Unit has obtained No Objection Certificate (NOC) / Consent To Establish (CTE) from GPCB vide letter no. GPCB/Unit-1/FT-178/6462 dated 05-Mar-05 (Copy enclosed as Annexure-1) for the existing plant. Unit is complying with all the conditions prescribed in the NOC/CTE and Compliance report of NOC/CTE is enclosed as Annexure-3. The existing unit was not covered under the old EIA Notification-1994 prevalent at the time of its establishment and hence Environmental Clearance was not obtained by the unit. Unit has been granted Consent to Operate (CTO/CC&A) by GPCB vide Consent Order no dated 24-Apr-06, which was valid up to 16-Mar-11. Subsequently, unit has obtained amendments in CTO w.r.t. hazardous wastes, fuel, new Thermic Fluid Heater. Presently unit has obtained CTO Order No. AWH-45422, which valid till 22-May-16. (All the relevant copies are enclosed as Annexure-2). The proposed project is covered under Category 5(f)-A as per new EIA Notification of Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF), dated 14-Sep-06. Therefore, the unit requires to obtain EC from Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF), New Delhi. The application & proposal for the proposed expansion project was submitted on 30-Aug-12 to the Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF), New Delhi. Accordingly, the approved TOR Chapter-1: Introduction Page 1.6
45 for the EIA study was issued by MoEF vide letter No. J-11011/329/ IA II (I), dated 20-Mar-13. During the manufacturing, unit intend to utilize some chemicals having flammable & toxic hazards; hence the regulatory framework related with the hazardous or toxic chemicals as well as regulatory provision of risk, emergency & safety management are applicable to the proposed project. The regulatory provision related with hazardous material handling, manufacturing, storage & transportation are also applicable to the proposed project. Also, the proponent has proposed for export through direct or indirect shipping of finished products; hence the regulatory provisions related with export are also applicable. The transportation & export is proposed through road network & shipping and so the applicability of road transport as well as Port & dock related regulations are required to confirm. Thus, the proposed expansion project may be required to comply with many regulatory provisions. The proponent shall follow the regulatory frame work as listed below and additional applicable provision shall also be referred timely as cited as mandatory provision for proposed project. In any case, proponent shall comply with the regulatory provision as directed through particular regulatory provision. The special regulatory provisions like exemption from excise & custom duty, services tax etc. shall be referred by the proponent in their planning & operations. The main regulatory provisions applicable to the proposed project area tabulated below; Table 1.3: Applicable Regulatory Provision for the Proposed Expansion Project Sr. No. Legal Instrument 1 Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 amended Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) (Union Territory) Rules, Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 amended Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, amended Environmental (Protection) Rules, 1986 (Amendments in 1999, 2001, Concern Authority or Bodies CPCB and SPCB CPCB and SPCB CPCB and SPCB CPCB and SPCB Ministry of Environment and Forests, CPCB and SPCB Ministry of Environment and Forests, CPCB and SPCB Chapter-1: Introduction Page 1.7
46 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Sr. No. Legal Instrument 2002, 2002, 2002, 2003, 2004) 7 Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 amended 2000 and Manufacture Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 amended Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, EIA Notification, 2006 as amended timely (2009, 2011) 11 Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules, Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 amended Public Liability Insurance Rules, 1991 amended 1993 Concern Authority or Bodies MoEF, CPCB, SPCB, DGFT, Port Authority and Customs Authority Ministry of Environment & Forests, Chief Controller of Imports and Exports, CPCB, SPCB, Chief Inspector of Factories, Chief Inspector of Dock Safety, Chief Inspector of Mines, AERB, Chief Controller of Explosives, District Collector or District Emergency Authority, CEES under DRDO CCG, SCG, DCG, LCG and MAH Units MoEF, SPCB SPCB, CPCB and MoEF Ministry of Environment & Forests, District Collector Ministry of Environment & Forests, District Collector 14 Factories Act, 1948 Ministry of Labour, DGFASLI and Directorate of Industrial Safety and Health/Factories Inspectorate 15 The Custom Act, 1962 CBEC, Ministry of Finance 16 The Merchant Shipping Act, 1958 amended in 2002 and 2003 & rules there under [Merchant Shipping (carriage of Cargo) Rules 1995] * Ministry of Shipping, Road Transport and Highways (Note: * the rules are not directly applicable to the proposed project but during operation it may be applicable timely depending up on allied operations like welding, fabrication & shipping of products.) Chapter-1: Introduction Page 1.8
47 CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
48 CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 PREAMBLE M/s. Natural Petrochemicals Pvt. Ltd. is an existing large scale unit located at S. No. 443 of Bhimasar Village on Anjar-Bhimasar Road in Anjar Taluka of District Kutch in Gujarat. At present, unit is manufacturing Synthetic Organic Resins viz. Unsaturated Polyester Resins and Alkyd Resins with the production capacity of 1,000 TPM & 200 TPM respectively. Now, considering market demand, the unit intends to do expansion by increasing the production capacity of existing products within the same premises. Due to this proposed expansion, the cumulative production capacity of both the products will be increased from 1,200 TPM to 3,500 TPM. Hence, there will be an expansion of 2,300 TPM. The stated project will be carried out within the existing premises. Thus, this is a brown field project where unit intends to manufacture products covered under Category 5(f)- A as per new EIA Notification of Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF), dtd. 14- Sep JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT Unsaturated Polyester Resins and Alkyd Resins are industrial resins which are synthetic polymers having adhesive, film-forming or useful reactive properties. Unsaturated Polyester Resins are used by the fibre-glass industry for building boats and car bodies, for encapsulating electrical components, for coating concrete to give a smooth sterile surface in food-manufacturing plants and for the production of "synthetic marble". The global unsaturated polyester resin market is widespread with intense growth lined up for large scale development and socio-economical advancements. Global demand for this resin is increasing rapidly with growth in Orthophthalic polyester resin, which holds major market share. Alkyd resins are used in solvent-based paints. Alkyd resins are also used in stoving enamels where they are crosslinked with amino resins. Demand of paint is increasing day by day due to rapid growth of the building and construction projects. Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.1
49 Looking the anticipated demand of these resins in domestic as well as global market and growing volume of various types of industrial resins manufacturing industries, the proposed expansion project have no doubt for the guarantee of the product and its acceptability in the local and international market. 2.3 PROJECT LOCATION The proposed project will be carried out in existing industrial premises located at S. No. 443 of Bhimasar Village on Anjar-Bhimasar Road in Anjar Taluka of District Kutch in Gujarat. Location map of the project site and key infrastructure map are given as Figure 2.1 & Figure 2.2 respectively. Google maps showing surrounding area in 20 km radius from project site is given as Figure 2.3 and Google maps showing nearby industries is given as Figure 2.4. The salient features of the projects are described in Table 2.1. Table 2.1: Salient Features of the Project Site 1 Geographical Details : Altitude : 56.0 m above MSL Latitude: 23 10' 29.10" N Longitude: 70 9' 15.69" E SOI Toposheet: F42 E4 2 Land use of Plant site : 100% Industrial Land 3 Minimum Distances From Plant Site a) City : 11.5 km, South 14.0 km, SW b) Village : 2.0 km, NNE c) Railway Station : 12.0 km South d) Highway : NH 0.1 km, NW SH 4.5 Km, SE e) Sea Coast : Arabian 27.0 km, South f) Sea Port : 18 km, SSE & 60 km SSW g) Domestic Airport : 9.0 km, SW h) International Airport : 350 km, East 4 Displacement of Population : None 5 Places of Interest within 10 Km radius from the Plant Site (if, any): There is no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) & Eco-sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act within 10 Km radius areas from the Plant Site. 6 Seismic Zone : As per the earthquake sensitivity index the unit is situated in Zone-V referred as Very High Damage Risk Zone. Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.2
50 Figure 2.1: Location Map of Project Site Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.3
51 Figure 2.2: Key Infrastructure & Administrative Map of Study Area Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.4
52 Figure 2.3: Google Map showing Project site and surrounding area in 20 Km Village / City Name of Village / City Code 1 Village Moragargar 2 Village Sukhpar 3 Village Chopadva 4 Village Chirai Moiti 5 Village Chirai Nani 6 Town Kandla 7 Town Gandhidham 8 Village Varshamedi 9 Town Anjar 10 Village Rapar Khokhra 11 Village Bhimsar 12 Village Hirpar 13 Village Dudhai 10 Km radius from Project Site 20 Km radius from Project Site Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.5
53 Figure 2.4: Google Map showing Project site and nearby Industries Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.6
54 2.4 JUSTIFICATION OF SITE SELECTION The unit is located at Village Bhimasar, Tal. Anjar, Dist. Kutch, Gujarat and site selection was guided by many factors like infrastructure, availability of land, water sources, fuel, transportation, power availability etc. Specific site selection criteria for the proposed project are given below; The proposed expansion will be carried out within the existing premises and hence no additional land will be required. The project site is highly developed with all basic infrastructure facilities such as proximity to man power, electricity, water supply, transportation, telecommunication systems etc. due to development of many different types of industreies in the area. List of industries in area of 10 km radius from the project site is enclosed as Annexure-8 and some major industries are also shown in the google image given in Figure 2.4. Plant site is only 11.5 km away from Gandhidham city and 14 km away from Town Anjar, which is well connected by road and rail to rest of India and having linkage with Bombay and Delhi by Broad Gauge Railway and National Highway 8A. Plant site is only about 18 km away from Kandla Port and 60 km from Mundra Port. This proximity facilitates the import of raw material as well export of the finished products. Availability of fresh water supplied by Gujarat Water Infrastructure Ltd. The project site is intended for the industrial purpose and thus no displacement of population will take place. There is no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) & Eco-sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act exists within 10 Km radius areas from the Plant Site. Availability of trained and skilled manpower nearby because of the proximity to various industrial areas and city/town. 2.5 PRODUCT PROFILE At present the unit is involved in the manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Resins viz. Unsaturated Polyester Resin and Alkyd Resin with the production capacity of 1,000 TPM and 200 TPM respectively. Now, looking to the market demand, the unit intends to do expansion in the existing production capacity within the same premises. Due to this expansion the cumulative Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.7
55 production capacity of both the products will be increased up to 3,500 TPM. Hence there will be an expansion of 2,300 TPM. The details of products are given hereunder in Table 2.2 and Table 2.3. Table 2.2: List of Products and Production Capacity Capacity, TPM Sr. Name of Product Proposed Total after No. Existing Expansion Expansion 1. Unsaturated Polyester Resin 1,000 2,300 3, Alkyd Resin 200 Total 1,200 2,300 3,500 Table 2.3: Details Products Sr. No. Name of Product Purity (%wt) Yield of product (%) Batch Size, Kg Number of Batches per month Use of Product FRP, Fibre Glass industry, Unsaturated Eencapsulating electrical 1. Polyester As per , components, Concrete Resin Req. coating, Synthetic marble 2. Alkyd Resin , Paint and Coatings 2.6 MANUFACTURING PROCESS The unit proposes to expand the existing production capacity as mentioned in Table 2.2. These products are manufactured in batch operation and manufacturing process involves mainly reflux reaction and physical operation like vaccum distillation, which are briefly described in this section along with brief process description, chemical reaction, mass balance and water balance. Unsaturated Polyester Resin a) Manufacturing Process: The process of Unsaturated Polyester Resin involves reflux at 160 º C in about 2 hours (approx) and raising temperature up to 205 º C 210 º C under vaccum distillation of Dihydroxy glycol and Dicarboxylic acids. It is then cooled to 180 º C after adding of Inhibitor then further cooled to 160 to 170 º C and Discharging the resin with styrene monomer in a blender. Blender temp should be maintained at 70 º C. Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.8
56 Circulate the water in jacket of blender to reduce blender temperature. Cool to room temperature. Testing like viscosity, gel time etc is carried out. Adjust if necessary. Weighted & packed in drums or carboys. b) Reaction Chemistry: Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.9
57 c) Process Flow Diagram: Glycol: 2500 Acid Anhydride: 2343 Maleic Anhydride: 1600 Additives: 6.0 Reactor Water Distilled Out: 159 to ETP Styrene Monomer: 3710 Blender Kg of Unsaturated Polyester Resin (Finished product) All quantities are expressed in kg/batch d) Summary of Mass Balance: Capacity, TPM : 3,500 Batch Size, MT : 10.0 Working Days : 30 Sr. No. Name of Raw Material Quantity MT/MT of Kg/Batch TPM Product TPD Remarks Input 1 Glycol (Mono Ethylene Glycol/Di Ethylene Glycol/ Propylene Glycol / Di Propylene Glycol) Acid Anhydride (Pthalic Raw 2 Anhydride/ Isopthalic acid Material / Purified Terephthalic Acid (PTA) 3 Maliec Anhydride Styrene Monomer Additives Catalyst Total Output 1 Unsaturated Polyester Resin Wastewater Total Finished Product To ETP & Evaporation Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.10
58 Alkyd Resin a) Manufacturing Process: Charge Caster Oil/ Linseed Oil/ Soyabean Oil and Glycerin/ Mono Ethylene Glycol (MEG) / Pentaerithritol/ Di propylene glycol (DPG)/ Trimethalol, along with Pthalic anhydride/ Maliec anhydride/ Adipic Acid/Rosin into the Reactor. Raise Temperature up to 160 º C with continuous agitation. Reflux at 160 º C in about 2 hours (approx). Remove the reaction water continuously to allow temperature to rise to 260 º C. Check the sample for acid value. Start vacuum distillation for removing access water/volatiles from reactor. Stop vacuum distraction and start cooling. Add inhibitor. Further cool to 160 º C. Discharge solid resin from reactor into blender containing Xylene. Circulate the water in jacket of blender to reduce blender temperature. Cool to room temperature. Weighted & packed in drums or carboys. b) Reaction Chemistry: Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.11
59 c) Process Flow Diagram: Castor Oil: 2860 Glycerin/MEG/ DPG/Pentaerithritol/ Trimethalol Propane: 1920 Acid Anhydride (PA/MA/AA/Rosin): 3150 Reactor Water Distilled Out: 355 to ETP Xylene: 2425 Blender Kg of Alkyd Resin (Finished product) All quantities are expressed in kg d) Summary of Mass Balance: Capacity, TPM : 3500 Batch Size, MT : 10.0 Working Days : 30 Sr. No. Name of Raw Material Quantity MT/MT of Kg/Batch TPM Product TPD Input 1 Caster Oil/Linseed Oil/Soyabene Oil Glycerin/MEG/ 2 Pentaerithritol/ DPG/ Trimethalol Propane 3 Acid Anhydride (PA/MA/AA/Rosin) Xylene Total Output 1 Alkyd Resin Wastewater Total Remarks Raw Material Finished Product To ETP & Evaporation Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.12
60 2.7 SOLVENT REQUIREMENTS & RECOVERY SYSTEM In the manufacturing process Styrene and Xylene are used as solvents to dissolve solid resin and to make finished product in form of liquid solution. Thus, solvents used goes alongwith the product and there is no such use of solvent during the process from which spent solvent is generated and thus there is no need of any solvent recovery stystem. Requirements and other details of styrene and xylene are given in the succeeding section Details of raw materials. 2.8 DETAILS OF RAW MATERIALS As this is the expansion project, the requirement of various raw materials will be increased according to the proposed production. Details of raw materials required after the proposed expansion are given in Table 2.4. Storage and transportation details of products and raw materials are given in Table 2.5. As per the current practice, convenient transportation medium will be used for the transportation of raw materials and products. For import of raw materials & export of products, facilities at Kandla port will be used which is about 18 km from the project site. Table 2.4: List of Raw Materials with Requirement Sr. No. Name of Raw Material Product Name Kg/Kg of Product Glycol (MEG/DEG/PG/DPG) Acid Anhydride (PA/IPA/PTA) 3. Maliec Anhydride 4. Styrene Monomer 5. Additives TPM Product Wise Maximum Unsaturated Polyester Resin Unsaturated Polyester Resin Alkyd Resin Unsaturated Polyester Resin Unsaturated Polyester Resin Unsaturated Polyester Resin Caster Oil/Linseed Oil/ Soyabene Oil Alkyd Resin Glycerin/MEG/ Pentaerithritol/ DPG/ Alkyd Resin Trimethalol Propane 8. Xylene Alkyd Resin Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.13
61 Table 2.5: Details of products & raw materials storage & handling Type of Sr. No. Name of chemical Packing/ Storage Products Unsaturated 1. Polyester Resin Tank Physical Form Liquid 2. Alkyd Resin Tank Liquid Raw Materials Glycol 1. (MEG/DEG /PG/DPG) Acid Anhydride 2. (PA/IPA/PTA) Tank Bags Liquid Solid 3. Maliec Anhydride Bags Solid 4. Styrene Monomer Tank Liquid 5. Additives Caster Oil/ Linseed Oil/ Soyabene Oil Glycerin/MEG/ Pentaerithritol/ DPG/ Trimethalol Propane Drums /Bags Liquid & Solid Nos. & Size of Storage Tanks 10 (25 MT) 2 (25 MT) 3 (250 KL) 25 Kg & 600 Kg 25 Kg & 600 Kg 3 (250 KL) 1 Kg to 200 Kg Maximum Storage Capacity, MT Storage Pressure Kg/cm2 Storage Temp. ºC 250 ATM RT 50 ATM RT 750 ATM RT 200 ATM RT 200 ATM RT 750 ATM ATM RT Drum Liquid 200 Kg 10 ATM RT Drum Liquid 200 Kg 10 ATM RT 8. Xylene Drum Liquid 200 Kg 10 ATM RT Hazardous & Toxic Hazardous & Toxic Hazardous & Toxic Hazardous & Toxic Hazardous & Toxic Hazardous & Toxic Hazardous & Toxic Characteristics Nonhazardous Hazardous & Toxic Hazardous & Toxic Market/ Source Local / Export Local / Export Local / Import Local / Import Local / Import Local / Import Local / Import Local / Import Local / Import Local / Import 2.9 ENERGY BALANCE Energy balance or management is the strategy of adjusting and optimizing energy, using systems and procedures so as to reduce energy requirements per unit of output while holding constant or reducing total costs of producing the output from these systems. The objective of Energy management is to achieve and maintain optimum energy procurement and utilisation, throughout the unit and; To minimise energy costs / waste without affecting production & quality To minimise environmental effects. NPPL is the synthetic organic resins manufacturing unit and in existing unit Thermic Fluid Heaters (one working + two stand-by) are the critical units utilized for thermal energy requirements. Thus, energy balance of working Thermic Fluid Heater is carried out and given in Table 2.6. After the proposed expansion, unit is planning to conduct energy audit regularly as a tool for decision-making for energy management. Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.14
62 Table 2.6: Energy Balance of Thermic Fluid Heater-3 Sr. No. Parameters Units Existing Proposed Project Project 1 Installed Capacity of TFH Kcal/hr 1,500,000 1,500,000 2 Rated Fuel (Fire wood / Agro waste) Kg/hr Gross Calorfic Value per kg of Fuel Kcal 3,100 3,100 4 Moisture content % Max Fluid Temp C Min Fluid Temp C Max Head at Heater Outlet C Efficiency on Gross Calorfic Value % 76±2 76±2 9 Flue gas outlet mm 450X X Length mm 11,500 11,500 Overall Width mm 3,500 3,500 Dimensions Height mm 7,200 7, Fluid content of Coils ltrs 2,350 2, Dry Weight (App) kg 10,500 10, Energy Produced in hr Kcal/hr 494,760 1,472, Moisture content less 25% Kcal/hr 123, , Losses thro Flue gas 0.4% Kcal/hr 1,979 5, Net Energy output Kcal/hr 369,091 1,098, Net Energy output in 24 hrs Kcal/day 8,858,183 26,363, Production TPD Energy consumption per MT production Kcal/MT 177, , RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS The proposed expansion requires additional water, power, fuel, human resources, machineries & utilities etc. The details of all major resources required for proposed expansion are described in subsequent sections under respective headings Land Land is 100% Industrial and is located at S.No. 443 of Bhimasar Village on Anjar- Bhimasar Road in Anjar Taluka of District Kutch in Gujarat. Total available land area of existing premises is 42,290 sqm (10.45 acres). Land possession document and NA permission are enclosed as Annexure-6 & 7 respectively. Out of this total land area 18, sqm area is built-up for the industrial establishment and undeveloped area is 23, sqm. Proposed expansion will take Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.15
63 place within the existing premises having an adequate land area for expansion and thus no additional land would be required for proposed expansion. Further from the available undeveloped area, 8,252 m 2 area will be utilized for the expansion activity. Detailed break-up of the land is given in Table 2.7 and Plant Lay-out highlighting greenbelt as well as proposed expansion area is shown in Figure 2.5. The unit has already provided green belt in 8,500 m 2 within the existing premises. The unit will also increase greenbelt area up to 14,000 m 2 (33.10% of total land area) after proposed expansion activity. Photographs of existing project, greenbelt and proposed expansion area are given in Annexure-15 (a). Table 2.7: Break-up of Area Sr. No. Particular Area (Sqm) Existing Proposed Total After Expansion % of Total Land 1 Process Plant Raw material /Product storage , Utility Effluent Treatment Plant Hazardous waste storage area Green Belt , Roads , Parking Area Others (Office/Lab) Undeveloped , Total 42, Nil 42, Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.16
64 Figure 2.5: Plant Lay-out Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.17
65 Machineries & Utilities As the proposed expansion will be carried out in the existing premises, existing infrastructure facilities will also be utilized with the addition of some new machineries and utilities. The list of plant machineries for the existing and proposed project is given in Table 2.8. However, the actual requirements of machineries & equipment are not limited to the basic list below as some additional minor requirements can also be cited depending up on necessity noticed during installation & operations. Table 2.8: Details of Machineries and Utilities Sr. Size/ Equipment Qty. Type No. Capacity Existing 1 Reactor Set-1 01 SS reactor, SS column, SS condenser 10.0 KL 2 Reactor Set-2 01 SS reactor, SS column, SS condenser 4.0 KL 3 Blender-1 01 MS vessel 16.0 KL 4 Blender-2 01 MS vessel 6.0 KL 5 Fork lift 01 Diesel fork lift 2 MT, 1.5 MT 6 Pallet trucks 01 Hydraulic manual truck 1.5 MT 7 Hoists 02 Flameproof hoist 2 MT, 3 MT 8 Mono EthyleneGlycol 01 MS tank, zinc coated inside 250 KL 9 Di-Ethylene Glycol 01 MS tank, zinc coated inside 250 KL 10 Styrene Monomer 03 MS & SS, Insulated 350 KL, 350 KL, 50 KL 11 Propylene Glycol 01 MS tank, zinc coated inside 250 KL 12 Furnace Oil tank 02 MS,insulated 15 KL, 20 KL 13 Glycol dye tank 01 SS tank 1.0 KL Proposed 1 Reactor Set-3 01 SS reactor, SS column, SS condenser 6.0 KL 2 Reactor Set-4 01 SS reactor, SS column, SS condenser 7.0 KL 3 Reactor Set-5 01 SS reactor, SS column, SS condenser 1.5KL 4 Reactor Set-6 01 SS reactor, SS column, SS condenser 10.0 KL 5 Digester SS reactor, SS column 2.5KL 6 Blender-3 01 MS vessel 10.0 KL 7 Blender-4 01 MS vessel 11.0 KL 8 Blender-5 01 SS vessel 2.5 KL 9 Blender-6 01 MS vessel 13.0 KL 10 Self cleaning filter 03 SS self cleaning 15.0 m 3 /hr 11 Fork lift 01 Diesel fork lift 2 MT, 1.5 MT 12 Pallet trucks 01 Hydraulic manual truck 1.5 MT Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.18
66 Capital Cost The unit is a large scale industry having total investment of Rs Crores in the existing unit, which will be increased up to Rs Crores after proposed expansion. The break-up of the capital cost is given in Table 2.9. Table 2.9: Capital Cost Cost (INR In Crore) Sr. Description No. Proposed Existing Total Project 1 Land & Site Development 1.27 Nil Building Plant and Machinery Environment Protection Measures Others (Miscellaneous) Total Power / Electricity At present the total connected load of power is about 425 KVA which will be increased up to 575 KVA after proposed expansion. The power required is procured from Pashchim Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. (PGVCL) and the same source will be utilized after proposed expansion. Unit has installed two D.G. Sets (380 KVA & 250 KVA), which is kept as stand-by source and used only in case of main power failure from PGVCL. Same practice will continue after the proposed expansion and there will be no requirement of any additional D.G. set for proposed expansion Water Presently, entire water requirement of M/s. Natural Petrochemicals Pvt. Ltd. is met through surface water supplied by M/s. Gujarat Water Infrastructure Ltd. (GWIL) and same source will be utilized after proposed expansion. The total fresh water requirement for existing unit is 25.0 KLD, which includes domestic, gardening and industrial requirements. After proposed expansion, it will be increased up to 60.0 KLD. Thus, the additional water requirement for proposed expansion will be 35.0 KLD. The total industrial water consumption after proposed expansion will be only 5.0 KLD. Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.19
67 The unit has already obtained permission from the GWIL for water supply up to 0.1 MLD (100 KLD). The permission obtained from GWIL is enclosed as Annexure Fuel At present, Agro Waste / Fire Wood is used as fuel in the Thermic Fluid Heater-3 (15 Lac Kcal/Hr). After proposed expansion the same will be utilized with additional fuel requirement. Unit has also installed two liquid fuel i.e. furnace oil based Thermic Fluid Heaters-1 & 2 (6.0 Lac Kcal/Hr., each) as stand-by and it will remain for the same duty after proposed expansion also. The unit uses Diesel as a fuel in the two D.G. Sets (380 KVA & 250 KVA), which is used as an alternate power source. The existing D.G. sets will be adequate and there will be no requirement to install additional D.G. set for proposed expansion activity; however there will be increase in diesel requirement after proposed expansion. The details of fuel requirement are given hereunder in Table Table 2.10: Details of Fuel Requirement Sr. No. 1. Fuel Agro Waste / Fire Wood 2. Furnace Oil 3. Diesel Used In TFH (15.0 Lac Kcal/Hr) TFH, 2 Nos. (6.0 Lac Kcal/Hr, each)- Stand-by D.G. Sets, 2 Nos. (380 KVA & 250 KVA)- Stand-by Fuel Requirement Existing Proposed 150 TPM (5 TPD) Total after Expansion 300 TPM 450 TPM 1 TPD 1 TPD 2 TPD 30 L/Hr 30 L/Hr 60 L/Hr Man Power The manpower is one of the main resource requirements to operate and maintain the plant in a better and efficient way. Total 43 personnel are working in the existing plant and after the proposed project the company has planned to employ about 67 additional personnel at various cadres and in various departments. The details of existing and proposed manpower are given in Table Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.20
68 Table 2.11: Details of Manpower Requirement Administration Production & Stores & Particulars allied services Dispatch Total E P E P E P E P Management Staff Supervisory Staff Clerical Staff Workers Total Grand Total 110 E-Existing, P- For Proposed expansion 2.11 POLLUTION POTENTIAL AND MANAGEMENT The proposed project will have potential of pollution mainly due to the wastewater generation & disposal, gaseous emission from process, flue gas emission from utilities and hazardous waste generation & disposal. These potentials of pollution are described below under respective heading with necessary details Water Pollution Presently, Industrial water requirement is only 2 KLD for cooling and washing activities. There is no requirement of water for manufacturing process. The water requirement for domestic and greenbelt activities is 15 KLD and 8 KLD respectively. After the proposed expansion, industrial water requirement will be increased up to 5 KLD for the same purpose i.e. cooling and washing activities. Same as the existing scenario, there will not be any water requirement for manufacturing process after proposed expansion. The water requirement for domestic and greenbelt activities will also be increased up to 25 KLD and 30 KLD respectively after proposed expansion due to increase in man power as well as greenbelt area. From the existing plant, 2 KLD industrial wastewater is generated from the process, cooling blow down and washing activity. There is no water requirement for the manufacturing process; however water evolves during the manufacturing process from vaccum distillation. After the proposed expansion, industrial wastewater generation will be increased upto 5 KLD. Same as existing scenario, the industrial waste water will be generated from the process, cooling blow down and washing activity and further water Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.21
69 will be evolved during manufacturing process from vaccum distillation.presently, domestic wastewater generation is 4 KLD, which will be increased upto 20 KLD. The product-wise and category-wise water requirement and wastewater generation after the proposed expansion is given in Table 2.12 and Table 2.13 respectively. Water balance diagram after proposed expansion is given in Figure 2.6. Table 2.12: Product-wise Water Requirement & Wastewater Generation after the proposed expansion Water Requirement, Wastewater Batch Sr. Capacity, Liter Generation, Liter Product size, No. TPM MT Per Kg Per Day Per Kg Per Day 1 Unsaturated Polyester Resin Per Batch Per Batch Nil Nil Nil Alkyd Resin 10 Nil Nil Nil Average Process Water Consumption/Generation Table 2.13: Category-wise Water Requirement & Wastewater Generation Water Requirement Wastewater Generation Sr. Category KLD* KLD* No. E P T E P T I. Domestic II. Gardening Nil Nil Nil III. Industrial a. Process Nil Nil Nil b. Cooling c. Washing Total Industrial Grand Total (I + II + III) *E Existing, P Proposed, T Total after Expansion Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.22
70 Figure 2.6: Water Balance Diagram (After Proposed Expansion) Fresh Water (Source: GWIL) (60.0) (25.0) (30.0) (20.0) Domestic Gardening Nil To soak pit through septic tank Fresh Industrial (5.0) (Nil) (4.0) Loss (3.0) (1.0) Process (Vacuum Distillation) Cooling Make-up Washing (3.0) (1.0) (1.0) (5.0) Effluent Treatment Plant Note: All quantities are expressed in KLD. (5.0) Evaporation by Thermic Fluid Evaporator "Zero Effluent Discharge" The unit has provided effluent treatment plant for the physico-chemical treatment with Thermic Fluid Evaporator. The treatment Scheme of the ETP is described hereunder and the detail of existing effluent treatment plant is given in Table 2.14 and schematic flow diagram is given in Figure 2.7. The waste water is received in collection cum equalization tank, here the rate of flow from various streams balances out and acquires homogeneity. The effluent is pumped to the neutralization tank to check and stabilize the variations in ph. The equalized and neutralized effluent is taken to the flash mixer, where the coagulating agent is added. The flocs are formed by gentle stirring. Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.23
71 The effluent from flash mixer is taken and allowed to settle in the primary settling tank. The flocs gets settle down at the bottom of the tank. The supernant is collected in the treated water holding tank and pumped to the Thermic Fluid Evaporator for the evaporation. The semi solid sludge generated from the primary settling tank is pumped to the filter press for the dewatering of the sludge and the leachate is taken back to the collection cum equalization tank. Sludge drying beds are also provided as stand by. Hence, the unit maintains Zero Effluent Discharge. Table 2.14: Details of Effluent Treatment Plant Size, m Sr. No. Units Nos. Length Width Liquid Depth Liquid Volume, m3 1 Collection cum Equalisation Tank Neutralization tank Flash Mixer Primary Settling Tank Treated Water Holding Tank Treated Water Holding Tank KL 7 Sludge Drying Bed Filter Press mm x 355 mm 9 Thermic Fluid Evaporator Lit./day Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.24
72 Figure 2.7: Schematic Diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant The stage wise characteristics of effluent are given hereunder in Table Table 2.15: Stage-wise Characteristics of Effluent Sr. No. Parameter Unit Raw Effluent Primary Outlet 1 ph ph unit TSS mg/l TDS mg/l 2,400 2,400 4 COD mg/l 7,000 4,000 5 BOD mg/l 2,100 1,200 After proposed expansion, total 5.0 KLD industrial effluents to be generated from the same sources viz. process, cooling and washing activity will be treated in the existing Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) same as current practice, it will be completely evaporated by existing Thermic Fluid Evaporator. Hence, after proposed expansion also, unit will maintain Zero Effluent Discharge. Existing Thermic Fluid Evaporator and Effluent Treatment Plant will also be adequate after proposed expansion. Photograph showing Thermic Fluid Evaporator and Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) is given in Annexure-15 (d). Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.25
73 In EC application, unit had proposed Liquid Waste Incinerator to incinerate the equalized effluent after the proposed expansion by keeping the existing Thermic Fluid Evaporator as a stand-by. But looking to the characteristics of effluent containing organic impurities having higher boiling point than water which usually remains at the bottom as residue after evaporation and have negligible chances to get emitted as VOC. Therefore same as existing practice, unit will continue with the existing Effluent Treatment Plant and Thermic Fluid Evaporator, which have a sufficient capacity to take a proposed effluent load. Same as current practice, total 20 KLD domestic wastewater will be discharged to soak pit through septic tank. Detail of effluent treatment plant is given hereunder in Table Air Pollution The main source of air pollution is flue gas emission from existing as well as proposed utility operation. There is no process gas emission from existing as well as proposed manufacturing process. There will also be chances of fugitive emission due to manufacturing activity as well as raw material handling and transportation. Various potential of air pollution are described hereunder Flue Gas Emission At present, main source of flue gas emission is Agro Waste / Fire Wood based Thermic Fluid Heater-3 (Capacity: 15 Lac Kcal/Hr and utilization 6 Lac Kcal/Hr only). A multicyclone separator is provided to control the air pollution and adequate stack height of 31 meter is provided for proper dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere. Multicyclone separator is designed for the outlet concentration of particulate matter 150 mg/nm 3 as prescribed in Consent To Operate issued by GPCB. After proposed expansion the same Thermic Fluid Heater (TFH) will be utilized at its full capacity i.e. 15 Lac Kcal/Hr. This solid fuel based TFH was proposed for expansion project in the EC application but unit has already installed the same with permission of GPCB and unit has obtained the amendment in Consent To Operate for this solid fuel based TFH. Provided APCM and stack height will be adequate after the proposed expansion to achieve the norms prescribed by GPCB. Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.26
74 Unit has also installed two liquid fuel i.e. furnace oil based Thermic Fluid Heaters (6.0 Lac Kcal/Hr., each) as stand-by and after the proposed expansion also the same will be kept as stand-by. Individual stacks with adequate height are provided for these TFH for proper dispersion of pollutant. The unit has also provided two D. G. Sets (380 & 250 KVA), which is kept as a standby and used in case of main power failure from PGVCL. After proposed expansion, same practice will be continued. Only diesel requirement will be increased as discussed in earlier section. Adequate stack height of 11.0 m has been provided for both the D.G. Sets for the proper dispersion of pollutants into atmosphere. Details of flue gas stacks and technical specification of Air Pollution Control Equipment are given hereunder in Table 2.16 & 2.17 respectively. Table 2.16: Details of Flue Gas Stacks Sr. No. Stack Attach to Status Ht. & Dia. Existing Proposed m Thermic Fluid Heater-3 (15 Lac Kcal/Hr) Working (at 6 Lac Kcal/Hr) Working (at 15 Lac 31 & 0.6 Kcal/Hr) Thermic Fluid Heater-1 Stand-by Stand-by (6 Lac Kcal/Hr) Thermic Fluid Heater-2 Stand-by Stand-by (6 Lac Kcal/Hr) 30 & & 0.55 Type of Fuel Agro Waste / Fire Wood Furnace Oil Concentration of Polluants PM 150 mg/nm 3 SO ppm NO X 50 ppm Air Pollution Control Measures Existing Multi Cyclone Separator Proposed - Multi Cyclone Separator followed by Bag Filter Adequate Stack height Adequate Stack height 4. D.G. Set-1 (380 KVA) Stand-by Stand-by 11 & 0.15 Diesel Adequate Stack height 5. D.G. Set-2 (250 KVA) Stand-by Stand-by 11 & 0.15 Diesel Adequate Stack height Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.27
75 Table 2.17: Technical Specifications of Air Pollution Control Equipment Specifications Unit Values / Detail General Stack Attached To -- Thermic Fluid Heater-3 Flue Gas Temperature o C 180 Gas Volume Handled m3/hr 9000 Inlet Concentration of PM g/nm Outlet Concentration of PM mg/nm 3 < 100 Overall Efficiency of Dust Removal % Pressure drop across APCM mmwc (max 180) Multi Cyclone Separator Material of Construction -- MS No. of Cyclones -- Twin (Two) Overall Size mm 650 Dia. X 3890 Total Height Bag Filter Type of Bag filter -- Reverse Air Pulse Jet Material of Construction -- MS Size of of Bag mm 150 Dia. & 3660 Height Nos. of Bags Nos. 81 Type/ Material of Bag fabric -- Woven Fibre Glass with PTFE Overall dimension, (L B H) mm 3750 x 3450 x 8750 No. of Solenoid Valves Nos Process Gas Emission At present there is no process gas emission from manufacturing activity or any other ancillary operations and even after proposed expansion there will not be any process gas emissions. In addition to the control measures for the flue gas emission, the unit has taken all the required precautions and control measures to take care of the fugitive emissions, which are described under Section of Chapter-4: Anticipated environmental impact and mitigation measures HAZARDOUS WASTE The main source of hazardous waste generation from existing activity is evaporation residue from Thermal Fluid Evaporator due to evaporation of liquid effluent. The other sources of hazardous waste generation from existing activity are discarded containers/ Barrel from storage and handling of raw materials and spent/used oil generation from Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.28
76 plant machinery. The same type of hazardous wastes will be generated from proposed expansion with additional quantity. Same as current practice, evaporation residue will be disposed by land filling to TSDF site of M/s. Shaurashtra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd. (SEPPL), Bhachau. Membership certificate of the stated TSDF site is enclosed as Annexure-10. The unit has provided dedicated storage area of 300 m 2 for the hazardous waste storage within premises having impervious floor and roof cover with leachate collection system, which will be expanded up to m 2 after proposed expansion. Photographs showing hazardous waste storage area are given in Annexure-15 (d). The details of hazardous waste generation and management are given in Table Table 2.18: Details of Hazardous Waste Generation and Management ETP Source Plant & Machineries Raw Material Storage & Handling Type of waste Cat. ETP sludge & Evaporation Residue Used / Spent Oil Discarded Containers/ Barrels Quantity per Annum Physical- Chemical E* P* T* Form 1.08 MT 0.15 KL Nos MT Nil 2500 Nos. * E-Existing, P-Proposed, T-Total After Expansion 3.35 MT 0.15 KL 4000 Nos. Solid & Inorganic Liquid & Organic Solid & Inorganic Management Collection, Storage & Disposal by Land filling at TSDF Reused as Lubricant or Sell to MoEF approved Recyclers Decontamination and Reuse or Sell to scrap vendors Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.29
77 Noise & Vibration The only source of noise generation may be the D.G. Sets, which will be kept as standby like existing scenario and no other source of noise and vibration from the proposed manufacturing activity except plant machineries. The adequate precautions are being taken for abatement of noise pollutions, which are as follows; The unit has installed latest technology based low noise D.G.Sets with acoustic enclosures. Proper and timely oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance is carried out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation. All the vibrating parts are checked periodically and serviced to reduce the noise generation. The equipment, which generates excessive noise, is provided with enclosures etc. To minimize the adverse effect on the health, ear muffs/ earplugs are provided to the working under high noise area. To reduce the noise generation during the transportation activities; the vehicle are kept periodically serviced and maintain as per the requirement of latest trend in automobile industry. Only those vehicles with PUC s are allowed for the transportation. The transport contractors are informed to avoid unnecessary speeding of vehicles inside the premises. Green belt area is developed to prevent the noise pollution outside the factory premises and same will be increased after proposed expansion. Noise monitoring is carried out regularly at different parts of the plant through NABL applroved laboratory. Chapter-2: Project Description Page 2.30
78 CHAPTER 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS
79 CHAPTER 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS 3.1 PREAMBLE Preparation of EIA needs a datum on which the evaluation can be done. It is necessary to collect data about different environmental aspects that are likely to be affected due to the proposed industrial activity, which in turn defines an existing environmental quality to serve as the datum. Various environmental conditions exist in the area surrounding the project site, which are liable to be affected due to the project activities, have been assessed quantitatively as well as qualitatively. In order to assess the feasibility of the said project, a study related to the present environment condition has been carried out by generating the baseline data. 3.2 APPROACH & METHODOLOGY OF BASELINE STUDY The baseline environmental study for the EIA of proposed expansion project of M/s. Natural Petrochemicals Pvt. Ltd. has been done by following the guidelines of MoEF. The study was finalized with the ToRs approved by the Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF), New Delhi. Copy of ToRs and its compliance are provided at the beginning of this report. Details of the study period, frequency of sampling & method of environmental sampling & analysis are shown below in succeeding chapter under respective titles Study Area For the present EIA study, the area falling within 10 km radial distance from project site has been selected for preparing the site map along with infrastructure setup and administrative map, land use/land cover map, socio-economic study as well as to monitor the base line environment quality Study Period The baseline study was carried out in Winter Season during December 2013 to February 2014 and all the points/conditions of approved ToRs have been covered in the study. Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.1
80 3.2.3 Sampling Locations Locations for sampling & monitoring have been selected within the study area of 10 km radial distance from site. The sampling locations were selected on the basis of surface influence, demographic influence and meteorological influence. Total nine sampling locations were selected including project site, out of which three locations were selected in downwind direction. Among all the nine locations, ambient air monitoring, water sampling, noise monitoring & soil sampling were carried out at eight locations. At ninth location, i.e. on National Highway 8A, noise levels were monitored. Meteorology data of the study area were collected by setting-up the weather station at project site. Details of monitoring locations are given below in Table 3.1. Map of study area showing sampling & monitoring locations are illustrated below in Figure 3.1. Photographs showing baseline monitoring are given in Annexure-16. Table 3.1: Sampling & Monitoring Locations Location Code Name of Village / Location GPS Coordinates Bearing w. r. t project Site Approx. Aerial Distance from project site (m) Env. Attributes Monitored * Type of Area S1 Project Site 23 10' 26.93" N A, SW/PW, '18.22"E N, S, MET Industrial S2 Bhimasar Village 23 11' 30.00" N 28 / NNE / A, GW, ' 52.86" E Upwind SW, N, S Residential S3 Nandgam (Chirai 23 11' 58.69" N 68 /NEE/ A, GW, N, 7330 Nani) Village 70 13' 17.15" E Upwind S Residential S4 Padana Village 23 8' 31.77" N 112 /ESE/ A, GW, N, ' 1.77" E Crosswind S Residential S5 Mithi Rohar Village 23 6' 4.33" N 178 /S/ A, GW, N, ' 26.96" E Downwind S Residential S6 Modvadar Village 23 8' 59.12" N 190 /S/ A, GW, ' 55.25" E Downwind SW, N, S Residential S7 Varshamedi 23 7' 43.04" N 233 /SW/ A, GW, N, 8340 Village 70 5' 27.73" E Downwind S Residential S8 Ajapar Village 23 9' 56.07" N 260 /W/ A, GW, N, ' 51.37" E Crosswind S Residential S9 National Highway 23 10'32.53"N 50 /NE/ 8A 70 9' 14.35" E Upwind 100 N Commercial *A-Ambient Air, GW-Ground water, SW-Surface water, PW-Pipe water, S-Soil, N-Noise, MET- Meteorology Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.2
81 Figure 3.1: Map of Study Area showing Sampling & Monitoring Locations S3 S2 S9 S1 S8 S6 S4 S7 S5 Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.3
82 3.2.4 Frequency of Monitoring The frequency of environmental monitoring was determined considering the approved TOR issued by MoEF. The guidelines provided by MoEF in online EIA Manual and other guidelines provided by CPCB was also taken in to consideration while deciding the same. Frequency of environmental monitoring and method of sampling & analysis for various attributes considered for the study are illustrated in Table Method of Sampling & Analysis Selection of method for sampling, preservation and analysis plays very important role in baseline environmental study. Considering the necessity of quality in environmental sampling & analysis, CPCB has issued guidelines and even in the EIA manual published by MoEF necessary guidelines for baseline study have been provided. Considering these guidelines, methods of sampling & analysis for environmental monitoring have been selected/ adopted and same are illustrated in following Table 3.2. Table 3.2: Frequency of Environmental Monitoring and Method of Sampling & Analysis Attributes A. Air Environment Meteorological Data Site Specific Micro- Meteorological Data Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Source / Location Book Climate of Gujarat published by IMD, Government of India-1995 Project site Frequency of Monitoring Sampling Method / Instrument Analysis Method Once -- Computer Aided Data Analysis Continuous monitoring with hourly data recording throughout the study period 8 Locations 24 hourly twice a week throughout the study period Micro controller based Automatic Weather station with data logger Fine Particulate Sampler (FPS) and Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS) with attachment for Gaseous Computer Aided Data Analysis As per CPCB Guidelines and Manufacture s Manual for Electronic instrument, IS 5182 [Part II Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.4
83 Attributes Monitoring Source / Location Frequency of Monitoring B. Noise 9 Locations Once, 24 hourly C. Water Ground Water Surface Water Grab samples from 7 locations Grab samples from 3 locations Once Sampling Method / Instrument sampling, Electronic instrument with PID Sensor IS / Sound Level Meter With data logger Analysis Method (2001) & Part VI & XXIII (2006)], Method of air sampling & Analysis Second Edition Published By APHA Computer Aided Data Analysis As per IS: 3025 Methods for sampling and testing of water and waste water and Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater Analysis published by American Public Health Association (APHA). D. Soil Quality 8 locations Once Handbook of methods in environmental studies.vol.2: Air, Noise, Soil and Overburden Analysis, Edition: 2011 published by S. K. Maiti & IS: 2720 E. Land Use - Land Cover F. Ecological Data G. Socioeconomic Data Satellite Image : (Landsat ETM + Thermal MSS) Data through primary survey Census of India-2011 Once Arc GIS software and Computer Aided Data Analysis with field survey for ground checks and ground truth verification Once Field survey Computer Aided Data Compilation Once Field survey Compilation of data from Census of India-2011 and Computer Aided Data Analysis with field survey 3.3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT The baseline study was conducted during study period of December 2013 to February 2014 as mentioned above. All the scope given in the approved TORs were referred and baseline study was conducted to comply all requirements of approved TORs. The study was carried out to determine the prevailing status of topography, land use, meteorology, ambient air, water quality, soil quality, ecology and socio-economic environment. The sampling, monitoring and analysis related to ambient air, water, soil Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.5
84 and noise during the baseline study were carried out by in-house NABL approved laboratory of Envisafe Environment Consultants, Ahmedabad. The details regarding the outcomes of the baseline study are described in subsequent sections under respective heading Topography & Geology In and around the study area of Bhimasar the land is mostly plain where the soil is sandy with clay and alluvial loam in some parts. The soil at this site is sandy and loamy. Geo-morphologically the study area comprises of coastal area which is characterized by sand mounds and narrow plain strip. The streams flowing in and around the study area are ephermal and in general flows from North to South. The general regional geology comprises Jurassic of Kutch i.e. sandstone, shale & siltstone. Geology in and around the study area is Alluvium. It is underlain by weathered shale and sandstone Seismology As per the earthquake sensitivity index, study area lies in Zone V, which is referred as Very High Damage Risk Zone (MSK > IX). Seismic zone map of Gujarat, Earthquake history of the Kutch District and precautionary measures during earthquake are described in Chapter-8, Section Land Use Pattern Land cover inventories form an essential component in land resource evaluation and environmental studies. Land use in general refers to the various ways land is being utilized for different purposes by man, mainly to generate income as well as for residential purpose. Whereas, the word land cover indicates the vegetation, agricultural, artificial manmade structures and natural creature covering the land surfaces. It may include various landforms, geological features and ecosystems. Identification of land uses & land cover in the vicinity of any developmental activity is one of the most important components for environmental impact assessment, which would help determine the impact of the project developmental activities on the land use pattern. Good and correct compilation of this information helps in deciding the proper use of the land. Optimum economic use in accordance with minimal disturbance of the present ecology should be the prime objective of any industrial activity. Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.6
85 The land use/land cover in the study area of 10 Kms has been presented in the form of a map prepared by using the satellite image as given below in Figure 3.2. The satellite image/data has been processed using ERDAS Imagine software supported with ground checks and ground truth verification by qualified and experienced professionals. Area and distance calculations have been carried out using GIS software after georeferencing the interpreted data with the help of Sol topographical maps of 1:50,000 scale. A map depicting major land use/ land cover classes is given here as Figure 3.3 and classification of land use/ land cover is given in Table 3.3. Based on the data it can derived that about 36% of land in the study area is agriculture land utilizing for various crops like Rai, Tuvar, Chana, Kapas, Dangar, Juwar, Makai, Gehu, etc, 7.49% land acquired for the industrial purposes, about 8% land is occupied by salt pans, only about 4% of land in covered under water portion like River, Pond/Lakes etc and only 3% land is covered under human settlements. There is no any perennial river in the study area. Table 3.3: Land Use Pattern of the Study Area Sr. No. Land use Area (Ha.) Percentage (%) Built-up Land Settlements Industrial Sub Total Agriculture Land Crop Land Fallow land Sub Total Waste Land Land with scrub Salt Pan Sub Total Water body Ponds/Lakes River Sub Total Total Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.7
86 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Figure 3.2: Satellite Image of the Study Area Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.8
87 Figure 3.3: Land use / Land Cover Map of the Study Area Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.9
88 3.3.4 Meteorology Meteorology is the interdisciplinary scientific study of the atmosphere and is important tool in studying environmental phenomena like pollutant dispersion. When the EIA study is planned for any project meteorological data are very important and shall be collected through the entire period of the baseline study. Typically for EIA, micrometeorological data is required to collect as these data are essential to formulate the pollutant dispersion models. Besides, it also helps in understanding the current trend in climatologically variable as well as prevailing ambient air quality issues and forecasting. Details of the various Meteorological parameters analyzed during the study with their importance in EIA are presented in subsequent Table 3.4. Information about these parameters is taken from the Book Climate of Gujarat published by Indian Metrological Department, Government of India The climate of this district is characterised by a very dry climate and scanty uncertain rainfall even during the southwest monsoon season. The cold season from December to February is followed by the summer season from March to about the middle of June. Mid-June to mid-september constitutes the southwest monsoon season. October and November form the post monsoon transition period between the rainy season and the cold season. Table 3.4: Meteorological Parameters Sr. No Parameters Surface Temperature Relative Humidity Measurement Method Digital Sensor capable of giving electrical signals e.g. thermocouples, resistance thermometers or thermistors. Digital Sensor capable of giving electrical signals e.g. hydrometer. Importance Temperature affect the plum rise & it increase the effective height of release and thereby increase dispersion and thus decreases the maximum ground level concentration of the pollutants. It also influences stability conditions and extent of dispersion of pollutants. Moisture provides surface area for suspended particulate matter to coalesce and grow in the size and settle under the influence of gravity. It also enhances the chemical reactions of the gaseous pollutant. High humidity is associated with; Lowered visibility for water vapour plumes Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.10
89 Sr. No Parameters 3. Wind Speed 4. Wind Direction 5. Rainfall 6. Cloud Cover 7. Solar Radiation 8. Atmospheric Stability Condition Measurement Method 3 cup anemometer with reed switch/magnet Wind vane with magnetic hall effect sensor Tipping Bucket sensor with magnet & reed switch Passive Cloud Cover Detector PCCD Pyranometer type sensor Determined from surface observations on wind speed, cloud cover and solar radiations Importance Possible acid mist formation Determines initial dispersion of air pollution Determines downward geometry Rainwater scrubs the atmospheric pollutants and pollutes surface and groundwater. It influences stability conditions and determines the dispersion &/or dilution rate of pollutant. Determines plume spread associated with turbulent motions in the atmosphere Temperature The day temperatures in the coastal parts of the district in general are less than in the interior parts of the district. This is particularly so during the summer. After February temperatures rapidly increase till May which is generally the hottest month. Nights are generally warmer during June and July than in May. With the onset of the southwest monsoon by about the middle of June day temperatures decrease appreciably but nights become hotter and sultry. After about the middle of September when the southwest monsoon withdraws there is a slight increase in days temperature and a secondary maximum is reached in October. However, night temperatures decrease with the withdrawal of the monsoon. After October both day and night temperatures rapidly decrease till January which is the coldest month. The mean daily maximum temperature in January is 25.4 C and the mean daily minimum is 13.9 C at New Kandla. The evaporation and evapotranspiration rate in and around study area is fairly high i.e. about 300 cm/year. Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.11
90 Humidity In general, humidity in the coastal parts is high throughout the year, exceeding 60 percent on the average. During the southwest monsoon the humidity of the air over the district in general is high with the relative humidities exceeding 80 percent in the coastal region and over 65 percent in the interior. In the interior of the district, during the rest of the year the air is generally dry with the afternoon relative humidities of the order of 25 percent or less Cloudiness The skies are generally heavily clouded and overcast, on some days during the southwest monsoon season. In the rest of the year skies are mostly clear or lightly clouded Wind Speed and Wind Direction Winds are generally light to moderate with some increase in force during the late summer and southwest monsoon seasons. Coastal parts experience stronger winds, especially during the monsoon season. During the period April to September winds blow mostly from the west or southwest. During the rest of the year winds blow from directions between southwest and northwest and sometimes from the north and northeast especially in the afternoons. Monthly mean wind speed observed in km/hr at New Kandla in months of December, January & February are 12.8, 12.7 & 12.6 respectively Rainfall The annual rainfall in the district is mm. The annual rainfall varies from mm at Mandvi on the southern coast to mm at Lakhpat on the northwest coast. On an average there are 16 rainy days (i.e. days with rainfall of 2.5 mm or more) in a year in the district. This number varies from 11 at Naliya (obsy) to 20 at Mandvi (obsy) and New Kandla (obsy). About 94% of the annual rainfall in the district is received during the southwest monsoon season, July being the rainiest month. The variation in the annual rainfall from year to year is large Mixing Height Data of atmospheric inversion level for project area is not available, however the mixing height data available for the nearest observatory of Ahmedabad (Gujarat) has Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.12
91 been taken from IMD publication, which are summarised below; Hours Mixing Mixing Mixing Mixing Hours Hours Hours height (m) height (m) height (m) height (m) Source: Atlas of Hourly Mixing height & assimilative capacity of atmosphere in India published by IMD, New Delhi Micrometeorology The site-specific micrometeorological data has been collected continuously during the study period by installing automatic weather station at project site. The parameters for which data has been collected are temperature, relative humidity, wind speed, wind direction, rainfall, solar radiation and barometric pressure. Site specific micrometeorological data shows that, during study period; Average wind speed was 1.2 m/s and maximum wind speed was 6.8 m/s. Wind blew mostly from North direction and resultant wind vector was 342. Calm wind contributes to about 23.7% Average temperature recorded was C with maximum temperature of C and minimum of 6.24 C. The average relative humidity recorded was 44% with maximum relative humidity of 85.6%. Wind rose diagram is shown as Figure 3.4. Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.13
92 Figure 3.4: Wind Rose Diagram Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.14
93 3.3.6 Ambient Air Quality Government of India and concern authorities have consistently ranked air pollution as a major environmental concern. The state of our air is an important factor in the quality of life. It affects the health of the community and directly influences the sustainability of our lifestyles and production methods. The Government seeks to protect and improve urban air quality through national action to reduce emissions of major air pollutants. The Government Department's focus is on those sectors that make the greatest contributions to adverse air quality as well as those pollutants that continue to pose threats to the environment and human health. National action can relate to the implementation of relevant national standards and strategies and a common approach to monitor air quality, research to inform air quality policy and community education on air quality issues. National policies and programmes relate principally to the reduction of emissions mainly from two sectors as detailed below: Transport: National initiatives aim to reduce the impact of road transport on environment quality, urban amenity and human health. People's travel behaviour is also targeted, including promotion of bicycle use for short journeys. Industry: Emissions from larger industries are reported under the National Pollutant Inventory and are subject to State/Territory control programmes. In last few years Government has enacted standards for both of these sectors through CPCB. Recently, Government has also put forwards some findings regarding the critical issues of air quality & critical level of pollution in many part of India. Further, Government through its concern department is continuously trying to improve the environmental quality of the Indian regions. The findings have also noted that the issues of contamination of air have been arising in the region experiencing more industrial development. Hence, while studying the probable impacts of any industrial project, establishment of state of air quality in project area has become very important aspect of EIA study. With such purpose, ambient air quality monitoring has been conducted for the present EIA study at 8 locations as mentioned in earlier section referring the adopted methods. The monitoring was carried out for PM 2.5, PM 10, SO 2, NO x and VOC. The AAQ monitoring results obtained during the entire study are given in Annexure-11 and summary of the results are given in Table 3.5. Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.15
94 Table 3.5: Ambient Air Quality Status Parameters Particulate Matter (size less than 10µm) or (PM 10,), µg/m 3 [100]* 24 Hours Particulate Matter (size less than 2.5µm) or (PM 2.5 ), µg/m 3 [60]* 24 Hours Sulphur Dioxide (SO 2 ), µg/m 3 [80]* 24 Hours Nitrogen Oxide (NO x ), µg/m 3 [80]* 24 Hours Station Concentration Name of Station Code Min. Max. Avg. 98 %tile S1 Project Site S2 Bhimasar Village S3 Nandgam Village S4 Padana Village S5 Mithi Rohar Village S6 Modvadar Village S7 Varshamedi Village S8 Ajapar Village S1 Project Site S2 Bhimasar Village S3 Nandgam Village S4 Padana Village S5 Mithi Rohar Village S6 Modvadar Village S7 Varshamedi Village S8 Ajapar Village S1 Project Site S2 Bhimasar Village S3 Nandgam Village S4 Padana Village S5 Mithi Rohar Village S6 Modvadar Village S7 Varshamedi Village S8 Ajapar Village S1 Project Site S2 Bhimasar Village S3 Nandgam Village S4 Padana Village S5 Mithi Rohar Village S6 Modvadar Village S7 Varshamedi Village S8 Ajapar Village VOC (as isobutylene) µg/m 3 S1 to S8 Below Detection Limit (1.0) [NS] Grab *National Ambient Air Quality Standards published by MoEF, New Delhi vide G.S.R. 826 (E), dated 16/11/2009. [NS] No standards prescribed for VOC under NAAQs. All monitoring stations are of the category Industrial, Residential, Rural & Other Area as per NAAQs The maximum concentrations of PM 2.5, PM 10, SO 2 and NO x at each ambient air monitoring locations were compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.16
95 (NAAQS) for industrial, residential, rural and other areas and following are the observations: All the parameters are well within the NAAQs except PM 10 at four locations. PM 10 concentrations at Project site, Bhimasar Village, Modvadar Village and Ajapar Village were found higher than the NAAQs, which might be due to existence of various industries in nearby area and also due to ground dust blowing away by wind from the uncovered fallow land & waste land. VOC concentration (as isobutylene) was below detectable limit (BDL) at all locations Hydrology The importance of water can t be overstated when it comes to life on Earth. Over 70% of the Earth is covered in water and without water there simply is no life. With increasing industrialization & modernization in lifestyle, issue of water crisis either quality &/or quantity of water is being critical day by day. The main source of such crisis is found to be the activities requiring huge quantity of freshwater and generating huge quantity of wastewater. Thus, such activities are posing threat to the life and the industrial development is the prime operation of such activities. Hence, while studying the probable impacts of industrial project, it is very important to determine the existing status of water quality & quantity. The water resource for such investigations can be groundwater or surface water or both depending upon the water specific planning of the proposed project. Ground water and surface water i.e. Narmada water supplied by Gujarat Water Infrastructure Ltd. are the major water sources available in the area. Details of water samples collected from various locations once during the study period are described in earlier section in Table 3.1 and Figure 3.1. The samples were analyzed as per the method described in IS: 3025 Methods for sampling and testing of water and waste water and Standard methods for examination of water and wastewater analysis published by APHA. Details of the baseline study for establishment of existing water quality status has been described in subsequent section under respective heading. Map showing the hydrology status of the study area is given as Figure 3.5. The outcome of the study of water quality is presented in subsequent Table 3.7. Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.17
96 Surface Water: The study area falls in Narmada canal command plate. The surface water source available in the study area is only the Narmada water supplied by Gujarat Water Infrastructure Ltd. There is not any perennial river, reservoir etc in the study area. However, in certain villages, ponds have been seen during study period from which water samples have been collected to find out the water quality as a part of baseline study. Ground Water: The ground water in and around the study area is mainly confined in unconfined and semi confined conditions. From the study of available information, it is observed that in general, the ground water flow follows surface topography. In south it flows Southerly or from North to South, or more precisely it flows from North- West to South- East direction. In general the ground water quality is inferior (saline), except at places where such wells are located near surface water bodies that are yielding relatively good quality water. Depth to water level of Semi-Confined / Confined Aquifer is ranging from 10.8 m to 20.8 m. From the study of the hydrograph, it is inferred that ground water level shows rising trends. It could be because of increase in rainfall distribution in and around the area since last 10 years. Gujarat Water Resources Development Corporation Ltd. Gandhinagar is monitoring observation wells and piezometer through the state to monitor water level fluctuation, water level behavior & water quality variation. One such observation well is located at Village Bhimasar. The information on litho logical log of this piezometer at Bhimasar Village is given below; Depth up to Lithology Colour Texture Shape 4 m Top Soil Brown Medium Rounded 11 m Sand reddish white medium to coarse Rounded 15 m Clay Brown fine to medium Rounded 21 m Sand pale white fine to medium Rounded 25 m Clay light brown fine to medium Rounded 39 m Sand reddish brown fine to medium rounded to sub rounded 60 m Clay with Sandstone Yellow Fine Rounded The details of nearby wells area are given in Table 3.6. Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.18
97 Table 3.6: Details of nearby wells Sr. No. Village Taluka Owner s name Well/ Tube Well Depth to water level in m Total Depth in m Pump Details Discharge in lpm 1 Bhimasar Anjar Ahir Teja Ruda Open well EM 5.0 HP Bhimasar Anjar Rama Karsan Tube well EM 7.5 HP Bhimasar Anjar Near Chakapir Open well EM 5.0 HP 250 Dargah 4 Bhimasar Anjar Karshan Teja Open well /6 HP OE Bhimasar Anjar Madhabhai Open well /6 HP OE 250 (pit) 6 Bhimasar Anjar Kana Dhama Open well /6 HP OE 350 (pit) 7 Modvadar Anjar Vala karsan Open well EM 5.0 HP Modvadar Anjar Deva kana Ahir Open well EM 5.0 HP Varshamedi Anjar Memo farukh Open well EM 7.5 HP 350 sekh 10 Varshamedi Anjar Ahir Ratna Dug-cum EM 7.5 HP 400 Jaimal bore well Bore 11 Taras Anjar On road Tube well EM 5.0 HP 350 Timber 12 Nani Chirai Bhachau Megha Dhana Tube Well EM 5.0 HP Nani Chirai Bhachau Raja Ranmal Dug-cum bore well EM 5.0 HP 350 Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.19
98 Figure 3.5: Map showing Hydrology of the Study Area Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.20
99 Table 3.7: Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Water Sr. No. Parameter Unit IS: standard limit for drinking water S1 S2 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S6 S7 S8 Mithi Varshamedi Bhimasar Bhimasar Nandgam Padana Modvadar Modvadar Rohar Village Village Village Village Village Village Village Village Project Site Desirable Permissible SW/PW GW SW GW GW GW GW SW GW GW A Organoleptic and physical parameters 1 Colour Hazen unit ph NR Elec. Conductivity ms/cm Temperature ⁰C Turbidity NTU Dissolved Solids mg/l B General Parameters 7 Alkalinity mg/l Total Hardness (as CaCO 3) mg/l Calcium (as Ca +2 ) mg/l Magnesium (as Mg +2 ) mg/l Chlorides (as Cl - ) mg/l Sulphate (as SO4-2) mg/l Fluoride (as F - ) mg/l Nitrates (as NO - 3 ) mg/l 45 NR Ammonical nitrogen mg/l <0.28 <0.28 <0.28 <0.28 <0.28 <0.28 <0.28 <0.28 <0.28 < Phenolic compound mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 < Aluminium (as Al) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 < Boron (as B) mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 < Copper (as Cu) mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 < Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 NR <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 < Manganese (as Mn) mg/l <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 < Selenium (as Se) mg/l 0.01 NR <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 < Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 C Demand parameter Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.21 Ajapar Village
100 Sr. No. Parameter Unit IS: standard limit for drinking water S1 S2 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S6 S7 S8 Mithi Varshamedi Bhimasar Bhimasar Nandgam Padana Modvadar Modvadar Rohar Village Village Village Village Village Village Village Village Project Site Desirable Permissible SW/PW GW SW GW GW GW GW SW GW GW 24 COD mg/l <1 < <1 <1 <1 < <1 <1 25 BOD mg/l <1 <1 4.2 <1 <1 <1 <1 6.4 <1 <1 26 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l D Parameters Concerning Toxic Substances 27 Arsenic (as As) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 < Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l NR <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 < Chromium (as Cr +6 ) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 < Lead ( as Pb) mg/l 0.01 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 < Mercury (as Hg) mg/l NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 < Nickel (as Ni) mg/l 0.02 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 E Bacteriological Parameters 33 E-coli MPN/ 100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent 34 Total Coliform MPN/ 100ml Absent < 2 < 2 15 < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 12 < 2 < 2 GW: Ground Water, PW: Pipe Water, SW: Surface Water Ajapar Village Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.22
101 Following are the observations from the water analysis results: All the parameters of collected Pipe water, Surface (Pond) water and Ground water samples were well within the permissible limit at all locations. Considerable concentration of COD and BOD were also observed in the samples collected from ponds of Bhimasar and Modvadar Village because of anthropogenic activities. Pipe water and Ground water of all the location is fit for drinking purposes Soil Quality Soil quality is the capacity of a specific kind of soil to function, within natural or managed ecosystem boundaries, to sustain plant and animal productivity, maintain or enhance water and air quality and support human health and habitation. Soil quality reflects how well a soil performs the functions of maintaining biodiversity and productivity, partitioning water and solute flow, filtering and buffering, nutrient cycling and providing support for plants and other structures. Thus, soil quality plays vital role in any particular geographical phenomenon of ecology as well as physico-chemical environment. Soil quality can indicate the current as well as future issues related with the water, ecology and life in the particular region. Thus, it is clearly visible that soil contamination may result in eventuality in form of contamination of water, ecological destruction, loss of productivity, food crisis and so threat to life. The major source of contamination is wastes from industries as well as overuse of fertilizers & pesticide. Thus, to determine the exact impacts of any proposed project, it is very essential to determine the existing status of soil quality and existing stress through a study of soil quality assessment. Considering this, surface soil samples were collected from eight locations of study area once in study period. Outcome of soil quality studies is given in Table 3.8. Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.23
102 Table 3.8: Physico-Chemical Characteristic of Soil Sr. No. Parameters 1 Bulk Density 2 3 Moisture content Water Holding Capacity Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 Project Site Bhimasar Village Nandgam Village Padana Village Mithi Modvadar Rohar Village Village Varshamedi Village Ajapar Village gm/ 3 cm % % Specific gravity Particle size distribution i Sand % ii Clay % iii Silt % Texture Class -- Loam Loam ph (10% Solution) Electrical Conductivity Cation Exchange Capacity Sandy clay loam Clay loam Sandy loam Loam Sandy clay loam Loam ms/cm meq/ 100 gm Calcium mg/kg Magnesium mg/kg Sodium mg/kg Potassium mg/kg Chloride mg/kg Phosphorous mg/kg SAR Available Nitrogen Total organic 18 matter mg/kg % Iron as Fe mg/kg Zinc as Zn mg/kg <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 < Nickel as Ni mg/kg <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.24
103 Following are the observations of the soil analysis results: Water Holding Capacity of soil samples were in range of 28.9% (Varshamedi Village) to 59.8% (Project Site). The texture of soil is observed mainly Loam type in the study area. The concentration of available Nitrogen, Phosphorous and Potassium were in the range of 36.2 to 66.4 mg/kg, 12.4 to 25 mg/kg and 5.2 to 10.4 mg/kg respectively, which signifies that the soil of the area is not much fertile. The organic matter in the soil ranged from 2.25 to 3.84 mg/kg Noise level For the environmental status appraisal, noise is a sound that is loud, unpleasant, unexpected or undesired. Such noise level is not only resulted because of industrial activities but can also result due to transportation activities, domestic activities, commercial activities, agricultural activities and entertainment activities of individuals or group etc. All noises are not harmful but sound that is too loud or loud sound over a long time is harmful. The hazardous noise can have many adverse effects on health like headache, nausea etc. It can even damage sensitive structures of the inner ear and cause noise-induced hearing loss. Considering these probabilities, our Government has enacted the standards for noise level based on certain specific region as well as based time (Day & Night) through MoEF. Thus, for EIA study it is very necessary to study the prevailing noise level during the day & night time in the project area, as the noise from the proposed activities together with the existing noise level may result in many issues related with human health as well as social layout & quality. Considering this, the noise level monitoring at Nine selected locations on 24 hourly basis was conducted once during the study period. The outcomes of the study are presented in Table 3.9. Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.25
104 Table 3.9: Noise Level in Study Area Station Code Name of Location Day Time Noise Level (dba) Night Time Day Time Permissible Limit Night Time Min Max Leq Min Max Leq Leq Leq Category of Area S1 Project Site Industrial S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 Bhimasar Village Nandgam Village Padana Village Mithi Rohar Village Modvadar Village Varshamedi Village Ajapar Village National Highway 8A Residential Residential Residential Residential Residential Residential Residential Commercial The monitored noise levels were compared with the standards prescribed by MoEF which indicates that: Noise levels at project site as well as near NH 8A were found well within the limit for day & night time. Noise levels at all the residential locations were found higher than the limit for day time. For night time noise levels were well within the limit at all locations except at Nandgam Village Ecological Status Flora and fauna are important components of the environment. They are organized into natural communities with mutual dependencies among their members and show various responses and sensitivities to anthropogenic activities. The survey was carried out during study period to know the ecological status of the area w.r.t. flora and fauna; the details of which is described below; Flora During the survey, a total of 142 plant species belonging to 124 genera and 59 families were noted in the study area; including 43 tree species, 22 shrubs, 63 herbs, 6 Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.26
105 climbers, creepers and lianas, and 8 crop plants. Most of the species are of common occurrence. Enumeration of Flora & list of floral species are given in Table 3.10 & 3.11 respectively. Table 3.10: Enumeration of flora in the study area Particulars Families Genera Species Trees Shrubs Herbs Climbers, creepers and lianas Crop plants Total Table 3.11: List of Flora in the study area S. No. Family Scientific Name Common Name TREES 1. Anacardiaceae Mangifera indica L. Ambo 2. Annona squamosa L. Sitaphal Annonaceae 3. Polyalthia longifolia (Sonn.) Thwaites Asopalav 4. Cocos nucifera L. Nariyal Arecaceae 5. Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb. Khajuri 6. Cordia dichotoma G.Forst. Gunda 7. Boraginaceae Cordia sebestena L. Kodiya 8. Cordia sinensis Lam. Gundi 9. Casuarinaceae Casuarina equisetifolia L. Saru 10. Cassia fistula L. Garmalo 11. Delonix regia (Hook.) Raf. Gulmohar 12. Parkinsonia aculeata L. Ram baval Leguminosae 13. Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.) Sonmohar Subfamily: K.Heyne Caesalpinioideae 14. Senna siamea (Lam.) H.S.Irwin & Kaashid Barneby 15. Tamarindus indica L. Amli 16. Subfamily: Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Kesudo 17. Faboideae Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre Karanj 18. Acacia auriculiformis Benth. Autralian acacia 19. Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Willd. Harmo baval 20. Acacia nilotica subsp. indica (Benth.) Baval Brenan 21. Acacia senegal (L.) Willd. Gorad 22. Subfamily: Albizia lebbeck (L.) Benth. Kalo siris Mimosoideae 23. Albizia saman (Jacq.) Merr. Rain tree 24. Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de Wit Pardesi baval 25. Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Benth. Goras ambli 26. Prosopis cineraria (L.) Druce Khijado 27. Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) DC. Gando baval Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.27
106 S. No. Family Scientific Name Common Name 28. Meliaceae Azadirachta indica A.Juss. Limdo 29. Ficus benghalensis L. Vad 30. Ficus religiosa L. Peepal Moraceae 31. Ficus virens Aiton Pipli 32. Morus alba L. Setur 33. Moringaceae Moringa oleifera Lam. Saragavo 34. Musaceae Musa paradisiaca L. Ked, Kela 35. Eucalyptus globulus Labill. Nilgiri Myrtaceae 36. Psidium guajava L. Jamphal 37. Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Jamun 38. Rhamnaceae Ziziphus jujuba Mill. Bor 39. Salvadora oleoides Decne. Mithi Jaar Salvadoraceae 40. Salvadora persica L. Khari Jaar 41. Tamaricaceae Tamarix aphylla (L.) Karst Ulmaceae Holoptelea integrifolia Planch. Kanjo 43. Zygophyllaceae Balanites aegyptiaca (L.) Delile Ingorio SHRUBS 1. Adhatoda vasica Nees Ardusi 2. Acanthaceae Pilo Barleria cristata L. kantashediyo 3. Calotropis procera (Aiton) Dryand. Ankdo 4. Calotropis gigantea (L.) Dryand. Safed Ankdo 5. Apocynaceae Cascabela thevetia (L.) Lippold. Pili karan 6. Tabernaemontana divaricata (L.) R.Br. ex Roem. & Schult. Chandni 7. Bignoniaceae Tecoma stans (L.) Juss. ex Kunth. Tecoma 8. Cactaceae Opuntia elatior Mill. Fafda thor 9. Cadaba fruticosa (L.) Druce 10. Capparaceae Capparis decidua (Forssk.) Edgew. Kerdo 11. Capparis sepiaria L. Kanthar 12. Convolvulaceae Ipomoea carnea Jacq. Naphatio 13. Euphorbia neriifolia L. Thor 14. Euphorbiaceae Phyllanthus reticulatus Poir. Kamboi 15. Ricinus communis L. Divel 16. Leguminosae Caesalpinia pulcherrima (L.) Sw. Galtoro 17. Subfamily: Caesalpinioideae Senna auriculata (L.) Roxb. Aval 18. Lythraceae Lawsonia inermis L. Mendhi 19. Malvaceae Hibiscus rosa-sinensis L. Jasud 20. Ziziphus nummularia (Burm.f.) Wight & Rhamnaceae Arn. Chani bor 21. Tiliaceae Grewia tenax (Forsk.) Fiori Gangeti 22. Verbenaceae Lantana camara L. Tantaniyu HERBS 1. Hygrophila auriculata (Schumach.) Acanthaceae Heine Kantashulio 2. Peristrophe bicalyculata (Retz.) Nees Kali Anghedi Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.28
107 S. No. Family Scientific Name Common Name 3. Aizoaceae Trianthema portulacastrum L. Satodi 4. Achyranthes aspera L. Anghedi 5. Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R.Br. ex DC Amaranthus spinosus L. - Amaranthaceae 7. Celosia argentea L. Cock s comb 8. Digera muricata (L.) Mart Lolar 9. Pupalia lappacea (L.) Juss Agave AmericanaL. Ketki Asparagaceae 11. Asparagus racemosus Willd. Satavari 12. Blumea membranacea DC Cyanthillium cinereum (L.) H.Rob. Sahdevi 14. Echinops echinatus Roxb. Shulio 15. Asteraceae Launaea sarmentosa (Willd.) Sch.Bip. 16. Parthenium hysterophorus L. Congress grass 17. Sphaeranthus indicus L. Gorakh mundi 18. Tridax procumbens (L.) L. Pardeshi 19. Xanthium strumarium L. Gadariyu 20. Boraginaceae Boerhavia diffusa L. Punarnava 21. Capparaceae Cleome viscosa L Chenopodium album L. Chil ni Bhaji 23. Salicornia brachiata Miq. Chenopodiaceae 24. Suaeda fruticosa (L.) Forsk. ex Gmel. Morad 25. Suaeda nudiflora (Willd.) Moq. Luno 26. Commelina benghalensis L. - Commelinaceae 27. Commelina forskalaei Vahl Convolvulus prostratus Forssk. Shankhpushpi 29. Convolvulaceae Cressa cretica L. Khariyu gha 30. Evolvulus alsinoides (L.) L. Kali 31. Cyperus haspan L Cyperaceae Cyperus rotundus L Fimbristylis miliacea (L.) Vahl Euphorbia hirta L. Dudhli Euphorbiaceae 35. Phyllanthus niruri L. Bhony Amli 36. Basilicum polystachyon (L.) Moench Aavchi - bavchi Lamiaceae 37. Ocimum tenuiflorum L. Tulsi 38. Alysicarpus longifolius (Rottl. ex Spr.)W. Leguminosae - & A. Subfamily: 39. Indigofera linnaei Ali. Gali Faboidae 40. Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers. Sarphankho 41. Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet Kanski 42. Malvaceae Sida cordifolia L. Bala 43. Triumfetta rhomboidea Jacq Martyniaceae Martynia annua L. Cat s claw 45. Molluginaceae Mollugo pentaphylla L Papavaraceae Argemone mexicana L. Darudi 47. Aeluropus lagopoides (L.) Trin. ex Thw. Khariyo ghans 48. Poaceae Apluda mutica L. Pofli 49. Chloris barbata Sw. Mindadin Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.29
108 S. No. Family Scientific Name Common Name 50. Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Durva 51. Desmostachya bipinnata (L.) Stapf Darbh 52. Dichanthium annulatum (Forak.)Stapf Zinzvo 53. Echinochloa colonum (L.) Link Samo 54. Eragrostis amabilis (L.) Wight & Arn Phragmites karka (Retz.) Trin. Ex Steud Setaria glauca (L.) P. Beauv. Zipto 57. Sporobolus helvolus (Trin.) Th. Dur. etsch Khevo 58. Urochondra setulosa (Trin.) C.E.Hubb. 59. Portulaca oleracea L. Moti Luni Portulacaceae 60. Portulaca quadrifida L. Nani Luni 61. Datura innoxia Mill. Dhaturo 62. Solanaceae Solanum virginianum L. Bhony ringni 63. Solanum surattense Burm. f. CLIMBERS, CREEPERS AND WOODY LIANAS 1. Combretaceae Combretum indicum (L.) DeFilipps Madhumalati 2. Ipomoea aquatica Forssk. Nala ni bhaji Convolvulaceae 3. Ipomoea pes-caprae (L.) R. Br. Maryadavel 4. Menispermaceae Cocculus hirsutus (L.) W.Theob. Vevdi 5. Nyctaginaceae Bougainvillea spectabilis Willd. Boganvel 6. Oleaceae Jasminum grandiflorum L. Jui CROP PLANTS 1. Brassicaceae Brassica juncea (L.) Coss Rai 2. Leguminosae Cajanus cajan (L.) Millsp. Tuvar 3. Subfamily: Faboidae Cicer arietinum L. Chana 4. Malvaceae Gossypium herbaceum L. Kapaas 5. Oryza sativa L. Dangar 6. Poaceae Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench Jowar 7. Triticum aestivum L. Ghanv 8. Zea mays L. Makai Fauna During the site visit, it was observed that all the species encountered are quite common. Also, there is no reserved forest, national park or sanctuary within the study area. Besides direct sighting, villagers were also interviewed for the record of faunal species occurring in the study area. A total of 72 bird species (42 terrestrial and 30 aquatic) belonging to 66 genera and 39 families were seen. 13 mammal species belonging to 12 genera and 9 families, and 9 reptile species belonging to 9 genera and 7 families were recorded. Besides, 37 species of insects and others belonging to 32 genera and 23 families were also recorded. The faunal species recorded are of Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.30
109 common occurrence. List of fauna observed during study period are given in Table Table 3.12: List of Fauna in the study area IUCN Status/ Migratory Status/ S. Family Scientific Name Common Name Schedule as per No. Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 TERRESTRIAL AVIFAUNA 1. Elanus caeruleus Black winged kite LC/ R 2. Milvus migrans Black kite LC/ R Accipitridae 3. Accipiter badius Shikra LC/ R/ I 4. Circus aeruginosus Marsh Harrier R /IV 5. Calandrella raytal Indian short toed lark LC/ R/ IV 6. Eremopterix griseus Ashy crowned sparrow LC/ R/ IV Alaudidae lark 7. Galerida deva Syke s crested lark LC/ R/ IV 8. Apodidae Apus nipalensis House swift LC/ R 9. Alcedo atthis Common kingfisher LC/ R 10. Halcyon smyrensis White throated LC/ R/ IV Alcedinidae kingfisher 11. Ceryle rudis Pied kingfisher LC/ R 12. Anaspoecilorhyncha Spot billed duck LC/ R/ IV 13. Athya ferina Common pochard LC/ IV 14. Dendrocygnajavanica Lesser whistling LC/ R/ IV Anatidae Teal 15. Sarkidiornis melanotos Comb duck LC/ R/ IV 16. Tadorna ferruginea Brahminy duck LC/ R/ IV 17. Ardeola grayii Pond heron LC/ R / IV 18. Bulbucus ibis Cattle egret LC/ R/ IV 19. Egretta garzetta Little egret LC/ R/ IV Ardeidae 20. Mesophoyx intermedia Median Egret LC/ R 21. Nycticorax nycticorax Black-CrownedNight LC/ R Heron 22. Burhinidae Burhinusoedicnemus Eurasian thicknee LC/ R 23. Vanellus indicus Red wattled lapwing LC/ R Charadriidaea 24. Vanellusmalarbaricus Yellow wattled lapwing LC/ R 25. Ciconiidae Mycteria leucocephala Painted stork NT/ R 26. Orthotomus sutorius Tailor bird LC/ RM Cisticolidae 27. Prinia socialis Ashy prinia LC/ R 28. Columbidae Columba livia Blue rock pigeon LC/ R 29. Spilopelia senegalensis Laughing Dove LC/ R/ IV 30. Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian Collard Dove LC/ R/ IV 31. Coraciidae Coracias benghalensis Indian roller LC/ R/ IV 32. Corvus macrorhynchos Jungle crow LC/ R Corvidae 33. Corvus splendens Common crow LC/ R/ V 34. Centropus sinensis Crow- pheasant LC/ R 35. Cuculidae Eudynamys Indian koel LC/ R scolopaceus 36. Discruidae Dicrurus adsimilis Black drongo LC/ R/ IV 37. Estrildidae Lonchura malabarica Indian silverbill LC/ R Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.31
110 S. No. Family Scientific Name Common Name Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.32 IUCN Status/ Migratory Status/ Schedule as per Wildlife Protection Act, Hirundinidae Hirundo smithii Wire tailed Swallow LC/ R 39. Lanius excubitor Grey shrike LC/ R Laniidae 40. Lanius schach Rufous backed shrike LC/ M 41. Leiothrichidae Turdoides striatus Jungle babbler LC/ R/ IV 42. Megalaimidae Megalaima Coppersmith barbet LC/ R/ IV haemacephala 43. Meropidae Merops orientalis Green bee- eater LC/ R 44. Saxicoloides fulicatus Indian robin LC/ R Muscicapidae 45. Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie robin LC/ R 46. Nectariniidae Nectarinia asiatica Purple sunbird LC/ R 47. Oriolidae Oriolus oriolus Eurasian golden oriole LC/RM 48. Passeridae Passer domesticus House sparrows LC/ R 49. Phalacrocoracida Microcarbo niger Little cormorant LC/ R/ IV 50. e Phalacrocoraxfuscicollis Indian cormorant LC/ R 51. Francolinuspondicerian Grey francolin LC/ R Phasianidae us 52. Pavo cristatus Indian peafowl LC/R/I 53. Phoenicopterus minor Lesser flamingo NT/ RM/ IV Phoenicopteridae 54. Phoenicopterus roseus Greater flamingo LC/ RM/ IV 55. Dinopium benghalense Lesser golden backed LC/ R/ IV Picidae wood pecker 56. Podicipedidae Tachybaptus ruficollis Little grebe LC/ R/ IV 57. Psittaculidae Psittacula krameri Rose ringed parakeet LC/ R/ IV 58. Pycnonotus cafer Red vented bulbul LC/ R/ IV Pycnonotidae 59. Pycnonotus leucotis White-eared bulbul LC/ R/ IV 60. Amaurornis White-breasted LC/ R phoenicurus waterhen Rallidae 61. Fulica atra Eurasian coot LC/RM/ IV 62. Gallinula chloropus Common Moorhen LC/ R 63. Himantopus Blank-winged stilt LC/ R/ IV Recurvirostridae himantopus 64. Scolopacidae Actitis hypoleucos Common sandpiper LC/ M/ IV 65. Sternidae Sterna aurentia River tern LC/ R 66. Strigidae Athene brama Spotted owlet LC/ R/ IV 67. Acridotheres Bank myna LC/ R/ IV ginginianus Sturnidae 68. Acridotheres tristis Common myna LC/ R/ IV 69. Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy Starling LC/R 70. Platalea leucorodia Eurasian Spoonbill LC/RM/ IV 71. Pseudibis papillosa Red-naped Ibis LC/ R/ IV Threskiornithidae 72. Threskiornis Oriental White Ibis NT/RM/ IV melanocephalus MAMMALS 1. Boselaphus Blue bull (Nilgai) LC/ III tragocamelus Bovidae 2. Gazella bennettii Chinkara LC 3. Antelopecervicapra Blackbuck NT/I 4. Canis aureus Jackal (Shiyal) LC/ II Canidae 5. Canis lupus Indian wolf (Varu) LC/ I
111 S. No. Family Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status/ Migratory Status/ Schedule as per Wildlife Protection Act, Vulpes bengalensis Indian Fox (Lokdi) LC/ I 7. Erinaceidae Paraechinus micropus Pale Hedgehog (Shelo) LC/ II 8. Felidae Felis chaus Jungle cat LC/ II 9. Herpestidae Herpestes edwardsi Common mongoose LC/ IV (Noliyo) 10. Hyaenidae Hyaena hyaena Striped Hyena NT/III (Jharakh) 11. Leporidae Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare (Sasalu) LC/ IV 12. Pteropidae Pteropus giganteus Indian Flying fox LC/ V (Vagol) 13. Soricidae Suncus murinus Musk shrew LC/ IV (Chhachhundar) REPTILES 1. Agamidae Calotes versicolar Garden lizard - (Kachindo) 2. Boidae Eryx johnii Red sand Boa (Andhadi IV chakad) 3. Ptyas mucosa Indian Rat Snake II (Dhaman) Colubridae 4. Xenochrophis piscator Checkered Keel back II (Dendvo) 5. Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian Krait IV Elapidae (Kadotaro) 6. Naja naja Common cobra (Nag) II 7. Geckonidae Hemidactylus brookii Brooke's house gecko - 8. Trionychidae Lissemys punctata Indian Flapshell Turtle I (Kachbo) 9. Varanidae Varanus bengalensis Common Indian Monitor I Lizard (Patala Gho) INSECTS AND OTHERS 1. Apis dorsata Honey bee -- Apidae 2. Apis indica Honey bee Blattellidae Blatta germanica German cockroach Anopheles sp. Mosquito -- Culicidae 5. Culex sp. Mosquito Camponotus Black ant -- Formicidae compressus 7. Oecophylla smaragdina Red ant Gerridae Gerris lacustris Water strider Gryllus bimaculatus Field cricket -- Gryllidae 10. Gryllus domecticus House cricket Gryllotalpidae Grylltaipa Africana Mole cricket Lepismatidae Lepisma sp. Siverfish Libellulidae Orthetrum sp. Skimmer dragonfly Chilades parrhasius Indian cupid -- Lycaenidae 15. Chilades trochylus Grass jewel Mantidae Mantis sp. Praying mantis Megascolecidae Megascolex sp Earthworm Meloidae Mylabris sp. Beetle -- Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.33
112 S. No. Family Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status/ Migratory Status/ Schedule as per Wildlife Protection Act, Muscidae Musca domestica House fly Myrmeleontidae Myrmeleo sp. Ant lion Junonia orithya Blue pancy Ariadne merione Common Castor Euploea core Common Crow Melanitis leda Common Evening -- Nymphalidae Brown 25. Hypolimnas misippus Danaid Eggfly Danaus chrysippus Plain tiger Danaus genutia Striped tiger Oecanthinae Oecanthus indicus Tree cricket Papilio polytes Common Mormon -- Papilionidae 30. Papilio demoleus Common Lime Eurema hecabe Common Grass Yellow -- Pieridae 32. Catopsilia pomona Common emigrant Colotis danae Crimson tip Pyrrhocoridae Ddysdercus sp. Red cotton bug Termitidae Macrotermessp. Termite Tetrigidae Acridium sp. Pigmy locust Tettigoniidae Conocephalus sp. Grasshopper -- Note: LC = Least Concerned; R = Resident; M = Migrant; RM = Resident Migrant Socioeconomic Structure The socio economic parameters play an important role determining the impact of the proposed activity on the human population of the study area, directly or indirectly. Socio economic environment includes description of demography, population growth, density, literacy rate, work force, occupational structure, health, available basic amenities etc. The study area comprises of total three Talukas of Kutch District namely Anjar, Gandhidham and Bhachau. There are 21 villages and a part of Little Rann of Kutch coming within the study area of 10 km from the project site. The demographic status of the study area is reported in following Table 3.13 and vital parameters of the socio economic profile are discussed in the subsequent sections Population Growth There are 21 villages coming within the study area and as per 2011 census the study area has total population of around 82,521 indicating that the area is sparsely populated with scattered settlements. The population ranges from 671 persons Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.34
113 (Pashwadi Mitha) to persons (Mithi Rohar) for the 21 villages and the population density varies from 38 persons per sqkm (Pashuda) to 1687 persons per sqkm (Galpadar). The average population density in the study area is 239 persons per sqkm. The details of population and population density in the study area are presented in Table 3.13 and the chromatic map showing population distribution is given below as Figure Literacy An understanding of education and literacy profile in the region is relevant in order to understand weather better jobs due to the proposed project could utilize the existing human resource in the area. The literacy rate ranges from 38.1% (Mithi Rohar) to 70.2% (Galpadar) for the 21 villages and the overall literacy rate in the study area is 52.1%, which shows that literacy rate in the study area is comparatively low. The details of literates and literacy rate in the study area are presented in Table 3.13 and the chromatic map showing population literacy rate is given below as Figure 3.7. Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.35
114 Table 3.13: Socio economic profile Sr. No. Name of Village Name of Taluka (District) Area of village, (Hectares) Population Details Total Population Population Density, (person Per sqkm) Literacy Profile Total Literates Literacy Rate Occupational Profile Total Workers Employment Ratio 1 Varsamedi Modvadar Varsana Pashwadi Mitha Pashwadi Khara Anjar (Kutch) 6 Ajapar Bhimasar Satapar Lakhapar Ambapar Pashuda Tapar Chandrani Galpadar Mithi Rohar Gandhidham (Kutch) 16 Chudva Padana Chirai Nani (Nandgam) Chirai Moti Bhachau (Kutch) 20 Lunva Sukhpar Little Rann Kutch Source: Census of India-2011; For Area: Census of India-2001 Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.36
115 Figure 3.6: Map of Study Area Showing Population Distribution Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.37
116 Occupational Structure Economic aspects of the study area include the economical structure of the people of the surrounding area. It can be predicted that economic structure of the study area will be improved with time, because it consists large industrial area and hence there are more employment opportunities. The geographical location, natural resources, business and employment, industries and manpower play vital role in the economic development of any region. The employment ratio ranges from 23.8% (Varsana) to 54.0% (Lunva) for the 21 villages and the overall employment ratio in the study area is 36.1%, which shows that employment ratio is low. Thus, the proposed project will help to improve the status in the study area by providing more employment opportunities. The details of workers and employment ratio in the study area are presented in Table 3.13 and the chromatic map showing workers distribution is given below as Figure Infrastructural facilities Basic Amenities Availability of the basic amenities like housing, drinking water, communication, education, transportation, health centre/dispensary, electricity in the area are an important parameter to determine the overall development of the region and socioeconomic status of the people. As per the 2001 census, almost all villages are having drinking water and electricity. Certain villages are having primary schools, primary health centres, bus facility for transportation but for the higher education, banking facilities, railway etc almost all villagers have to travel 5-10 kms upto nearest town. Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.38
117 Figure 3.7: Map of Study Area showing population literacy rate Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.39
118 Figure 3.8: Map of Study Area showing workers distribution Chapter-3: Baseline Environmental Status Page 3.40
119 CHAPTER 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
120 CHAPTER- 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES 4.1 PREAMBLE Impact Identification and prediction is a way of mapping the environmental consequences of the significant aspects of the project and its alternatives. The identification of environmental impacts has been made by co relating the relationship between project activity and environmental parameters. Several techniques and methodologies are in vogue for predicting anticipated impacts due to projects on natural and social aspects of the environment. These predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status of the environment to derive the ultimate (post-project) scenario of environmental conditions. These conditions are then subsequently evaluated for acceptability by screening them against standards. Based on results of prediction and evaluation, pollution abatement and control measures in order to mitigate the adverse impacts on the environment are delineated in an Environmental Management Plan for the project s construction phase as well as operation phase. 4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS An impact can be defined as any change in physical, chemical and biological, cultural and/or socio-economic environment that can be attributed to activities related to alternatives under study for meeting the project needs. Overall environmental impact is divided into two categories i.e. during Construction Phase and Operation Phase. The environmental impact assessment is accomplished by identification and prediction of impacts and their assessment. Potential impacts of proposed expansion on various environmental attributes given below are predicted; Air Environment Water Environment Land Environment Noise Environment Health & Safety Ecology Socio Economic Environment Aesthetics Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.1
121 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report The following project related activities identified as sources having potential to cause impact upon various environmental attributes; Construction Phase Site cleaning leveling and road laying Earthwork comprising of excavation, grading, trenching Transportation of construction materials Civil construction Mechanical erection Employment Greenbelt development Operation Phase Transportation of raw materials and finished products Raw material and product storage & handling Manufacturing process & utility operations (consumption of resources & emission of liquid effluent, off-gases from stack, generation of Hazardous waste and Noise) Emergencies or disaster Breakdown of critical systems Employment Green Belt Development Infrastructure development & CSR activities The identification of environmental impacts has been made, based on the understanding of cause-condition-effect relationship between an activity and the impact component. The activities identified as sources having potential to cause impact upon above stated environmental parameters due to proposed expansion during the construction & operation phase are given in Table 4.1(a) and Table 4.1(b) respectively. Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.2
122 Table 4.1(a): Identification of Impacts during Construction Phase Activity Parameter Air Water Land Noise Ecology Health & Safety Socio Economic Site cleaning x x Leveling and road laying Earthwork comprising of excavation, grading, trenching Transportation of construction materials x x x x x x x x x Civil construction x x x Mechanical erection x x x x x Employment x x x x x Greenbelt development Note: ( ): Possibility of Impact (x): No impact will occur Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.3
123 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Table 4.1(b): Identification of Impacts during Operation Phase Activity Parameter Air Water Land Noise Ecology Health & Safety Socio Economic Raw material & product storage and handling Transportation of raw materials and finished products x x x x x x x Production & utilities x x Emergencies or disaster Breakdown of critical systems x x x Employment x x x x x Greenbelt development Infrastructure development & CSR activities x x x x x x Note: ( ): Possibility of Impact (x): No impact will occur Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.4
124 4.3 PREDICTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS Prediction of impacts involves determination of nature and extent of impacts due to the various activities to be involved in the proposed expansion. Generally, impacts are classified as follows; 1. Positive or Negative 2. Short term or Long term 3. Direct or indirect 4. Reversible or irreversible 5. Quantifiable or non-quantifiable 6. Acceptable or conditionally acceptable or unacceptable The proposed project is for expansion in existing manufacturing activities and looking to the project site, magnitude of project and pollution potential, impacts have been predicted for following two classifications; 1. Positive or Negative 2. Short term or Long term Based on Environmental Impact Analysis, the Environmental Impacts are quantitatively and qualitatively assessed. Prediction of impacts for the both construction & operation phase is given in Table 4.2(a) and Table 4.2(b). Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.5
125 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Table 4.2(a): Prediction of Impacts during Construction Phase Activity Parameter Air Water Land Noise Ecology Health & Safety Socio Economic Site cleaning (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST Leveling and road laying (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST Earthwork comprising of excavation, grading, trenching Transportation of construction materials (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST Civil construction (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST Mechanical erection (-ve) ST (-ve) ST Employment -- (+ve) ST (+ve) ST Greenbelt development (+ve) LT (+ve) LT (+ve) LT (+ve) LT (+ve) LT (+ve) LT (+ve) LT Note: (+ve): Positive Impact; (-ve): Negative Impact; ST: Short Term; LT: Long Term Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.6
126 Table 4.2(b): Prediction of Impacts during Operation Phase Activity Parameter Air Water Land Noise Ecology Health & Safety Socio Economic Raw material & product storage and handling Transportation of raw materials and finished products (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST Production & utilities (-ve) LT (-ve) LT (-ve) LT (-ve) LT (-ve) LT Emergencies or disaster (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) LT Breakdown of critical systems (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST (-ve) ST Employment (+ve) LT (+ve) LT Greenbelt development Infrastructure development & CSR activities (+ve) LT (+ve) LT (+ve) LT (+ve) LT (+ve) LT -- (+ve) LT (+ve) LT (+ve) LT Note: (+ve): Positive Impact; (-ve): Negative Impact; ST: Short Term; LT: Long Term 4.4 IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE AND ITS MITIGATIVE MEASURES Prediction and assessment of impacts during construction phase of the proposed expansion activities are shown in Table 4.1(a) and Table 4.2(a). There shall be no significant impact during the construction phase as no much construction will be required for proposed expansion. The key problem anticipated would be increase in dust contamination and noise. However, these impacts would be for a limited period of time i.e. up to construction period only. Impacts during construction phase and its mitigative measures are given in Table 4.3. Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.7
127 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Table 4.3: Impacts & its Mitigative Measures during Construction Phase Sr. Environmental Impacts No. Parameter 1. Water Short term negative impacts due to water consumption & sewage disposal Mitigative Measures/ Remarks Water requirement for construction phase will be very minor and for short period and that will be fulfilled by same source as utilized for existing unit i.e. Gujarat Water Infrastructure Ltd. Thus, there will not be any significant impact on water environment. The wastewater generation will be from the domestic activities. Domestic effluent will be disposed of through septic tank into soak pit. There will be no ground water withdrawal. Greenbelt development will have positive impact on ground water table. Measures will be implemented to prevent seepage of liquid materials into ground where it could contaminate groundwater and soil. o Ensure prompt cleaning up of accidental spillages o Measures will be followed to prevent the contamination of hydrological features by diesel, grease, oil, etc. derived from the working area o The machinery / equipment will be maintained in a good operating condition o Specially designated areas will be created for vehicle maintenance Provisions will be made to ensure the construction vehicles stick to the access track to prevent mud & dirt being deposited on roads. Fence will be constructed around the site to trap sediments whilst allowing the water to flow through. All mud & dirt deposited on the roads from the construction activities will be cleaned. Adopting good construction and engineering practices will help in mitigating the water pollution. Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.8
128 Sr. Environmental No. Parameter Impacts 2. Air Short term negative impacts because of dust emission due to site cleaning, road laying, earthwork, transportation & construction Mitigative Measures/ Remarks As this is the expansion project and expansion will be carried out within the existing premises, very negligible site cleaning will be required. Leveling, earthwork & construction confined to proposed project site will be carried out as per the requirement. The emissions will be temporary and confined within proposed project boundary. It is not expected to contribute significantly to the ambient air quality. However, the unit will take following measures for control of dust emissions: o Use of plastic cover sheet while transporting raw material at site o Storage of sand and other such dispersible material by covering with tarpaulin sheet o Keeping minimum inventory/stock of sand and other such dispersible material at site o The heights, from which materials will be dropped, will be the minimum practical height to limit fugitive dust generation. o Use of water sprinkling system at site for dust suppression o Provision of barricade sheet of steel sheet/ tin sheet of minimum 3 m heights to protect the surrounding area from the dust o Upwind portion of the project will be constructed first. o During high wind condition, construction activities will be restricted, so that minimum flow of dust particle takes place. o All transportation vehicles will be suitably covered with tarpaulin & overloading of the vehicles will be avoided. o PUC certified vehicles will be used to Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.9
129 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Sr. No. Environmental Parameter Impacts 3. Land Short term negative impact due to change in top layer of soil 4. Noise Short term negative impact due to increase in noise level by site cleaning, road laying, earthwork, transportation & construction activities Mitigative Measures/ Remarks avoid the exhaust emission. The construction activity will be carried out during day time only. Existing greenbelt will have significant impact in reduction of dust dispersion. Proposed greenbelt development will be started from the construction phase. Expansion will be carried out within the existing premises. Therefore, no change will occur in land use pattern as well as there will not be any significant topographical change. However, temporary change in top layer of soil will be occurred but the construction activity will help in fixation of soil, thereby reducing the soil erosion. Top soil to be generated during construction activity will be preserved and used for the green belt development. Other excavated earth from the construction activity will be used for the backfilling and leveling in low laying area. Proposed greenbelt development will have significant impact in reduction of the soil erosion. The noise impacts due to construction activities will be local; limited to the premises and for very short period of time. The noise generated from construction machinery will be kept low by keeping the moving parts serviced and properly lubricated. The construction activity will be carried out during day time only. Vehicular movement carrying raw materials will be avoided during night time. The vehicles will be regularly maintained and optimum use of the same will be made. Adequate PPE s (ear plugs, ear muffs, Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.10
130 Sr. No. Environmental Parameter 5. Socioeconomic environment Impacts Short term positive impact by employment generation 6. Ecology Long term positive impact due to green belt development Mitigative Measures/ Remarks helmet, mask etc) will be provided to the workers. PUC certified vehicles will be used. Greenbelt development will have significant impact in reduction of the noise. Temporary employment will be generated due to construction activities and related services like transportation of construction materials, mechanical erections etc. Unit has already provided greenbelt area in existing premises and the same will be increased after the proposed expansion which will have positive impact on local flora & fauna. 4.5 IMPACTS DURING OPERATION PHASE AND ITS MITIGATIVE MEASURES Water Environment With respect to water environment; three aspects are generally considered in EIA, availability & requirement of fresh water, wastewater generation and its disposal. A. Fresh Water Requirement The total fresh water requirement for existing unit is 25 KLD for domestic, gardening and industrial activities. After proposed expansion, it will be increased up to 60 KLD. Thus, the additional water requirement for proposed expansion will be 35 KLD. Presently the entire water requirement of unit is met through surface water supplied by M/s. Gujarat Water Infrastructure Ltd. (GWIL) and same source will be utilized after proposed expansion. The unit has already obtained permission from the GWIL for water supply up to 0.1 MLD (100 KLD). Unit regularly check and maintain records of water consumption and wastewater generation and same will be continued after proposed expansion. It is estimated that effective runoff water available for harvesting is about 32.2% of annual water requirement. The unit will initiate necessary feasibility study and prepare the detail rainwater harvesting scheme in consultation with professional to determine Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.11
131 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report the potential of rainwater collection, necessary arrangements & designs. The management will then ensure proper implementation of scheme and efficient operations of rainwater harvesting system. The management will also ensure good house-keeping all over the catchment area and proper maintenance of the RWH system to avoid any contamination of the rain water. As a precaution they will divert first few rain spell either to ETP or any nearby natural storm water drain. As a part of their CSR, the unit will explore the opportunities to construct the rainwater harvesting and groundwater recharge structures in consultation with local Gram Panchayat and Village Heads in surrounding villages. Hence, there will be not be any adverse impact on water environment due to water availability and water requirement for the proposed expansion. B. Waste Load Generation At present the domestic wastewater (sewage) generation 4 KLD, which will be increased up to 20 KLD after proposed expansion. From the existing plant, 2 KLD industrial wastewater is generated from the process, cooling blow down and washing activity which will be increased upto 5 KLD after proposed expansion. C. Disposal of Effluent Domestic wastewater is discharged through septic tank into soak pit and the same practice will be continued after proposed expansion. After proposed expansion, total 5 KLD industrial wastewater will be collected, equalized and completely evaporated in Thermic Fluid Evaporator, same as the current practice. Thus, unit same as current scenario, unit will maintain Zero Effluent Discharge after the proposed expansion. Wastewater management system proposed by the unit will be adequate after the proposed expansion. Thus, there will not be any adverse impact on water environment. Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.12
132 4.5.2 Air Environment A. Identification and Prediction of Impacts The main source of air pollution is flue gas emission from existing as well as proposed utility operations. The significant pollutants identified due to flue gas emissions are PM, NO x and SO 2. At present there is no process gas emission from manufacturing activity or any other ancillary operations and even after proposed expansion there will not be any process gas emissions. There will be chances of fugitive emission from the manufacturing process as well as from storage, handling & transportation of raw materials and product. Vehicular pollution is also expected to occur due to the transportation of raw materials and products. Impact of the main point source of air pollution on air quality is evaluated using mathematical models as described in following section below; B. Evaluation of Impacts using mathematical model The mathematical model stimulates the relationships between air pollutants emitted from the source and their impact on surrounding air quality. The mathematical model based on Gaussian theory, a computer based version ISCST3, was used to calculate Ground Level Concentrations (GLC) as a function of wind speed, direction and stability class. The GLC for the parameters PM 10, SO 2 and NO x likely to be emitted from the various stacks after the proposed expansion have been predicted using above mathematical model. The likely impacts on air have been studied based on following assumptions, 1. Maximum possible computed emission at full capacity utilization 2. All the sources of emission form proposed project are in simultaneous operation 3. PM 10 emission would be 50 % of the total PM emission for Thermic Fluid Heater. The following methodology is adopted for the prediction based on above model. 1. Input Parameters The input parameters for the preparation of mathematical model consist of micrometeorological data and potential of the air pollutants. The details of all the input parameters are discussed here below. Micrometeorological Data: Micrometeorological data viz. ambient temperature, relative humidity, wind speed, wind direction, cloud cover, rainfall, radiation etc. Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.13
133 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report required for the mathematical modeling were collected for the site and the details of which are discussed and elaborated in Section of Chapter - 3 in earlier part of this report. Potential of the Air Pollutants The probable sources of air pollution are flue gas emissions. The details of stack emissions viz, physical stack height, inner diameter of the stack at exit, gas exit temperature, gas exit velocity, quantity of pollutant discharge etc. have been considered and taken for the processing of mathematical model. The details of stack emissions likely to occur due to proposed expansion are given in Table 4.4. Table 4.4: Details of Stacks emission due to proposed expansion Source Attached To Particular / Detail Unit Thermic Fluid Heater-3 D.G. Set-1 D.G. Set-2 Stack / Release Height m Stack Inside Diameter m Cross sectional area of stack 2 m Gas Exit Temperature o C Gas Exit Velocity m/sec Gas Exit Flow Rate Nm 3 /sec Base Elevation from MSL m Concentration of Pollutant Discharge a) Particulate Matter (PM 10 ) b) SO 2 3 mg/nm c) NOx Load of Pollutant Discharge a) Particulate Matter (PM 10 ) b) SO 2 gm/sec c) NOx The Receptor Area Discrete polar receptor and uniform polar grid receptor network as described below are selected for the for the processing of mathematical model and to find out resultant ambient air quality at the receptor locations; The baseline ambient air quality monitoring stations Uniform polar grid within 10 Km radial area from source with flow vector of 22.5 degree (sixteen directions) and 40 polar rings (radial distance at km increment) Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.14
134 3. Model Output The output of the model consists of ground level concentration at various receptor areas from the source. The first three highest 24 hour average ground level concentration value for all the parameters is given in Table 4.5 and the first highest 24 hourly average ground level concentration value at the ambient air quality monitoring stations are given in Table 4.6. Table 4.5: First Three Highest 24-Hourly Average GLC Values Highest Value Location w.r.t Project Site st º nd º rd º Note : All units are expressed in μg/m 3 PM 10 SO 2 NO x Table 4.6: First Highest 24-Hourly Average GLC Values for AAQM Stations Location Approx. Aerial Station Station w.r.t Distance from Code Name Project Site project site, m PM 10 SO 2 NO x S1 Project Site Nil Nil Nil S2 Bhimasar 28 / NNE / Village Upwind S3 Nandgam 68 /NEE/ Village Upwind S4 Padana 112 /ESE/ Village Crosswind S5 Mithi Rohar 178 /S/ Village Downwind S6 Modvadar 190 /S/ Village Downwind S7 Varshamedi 233 /SW/ Village Downwind S8 Ajapar Village 260 /W/ Crosswind Note : All units are expressed in μg/m 3 Isopleths diagram showing 1 st highest 24 hourly average GLCs contour plots for the PM 10, SO 2 and NO x, for the proposed expansion are given in Figure 4.1 to Figure 4.3 respectively. Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.15
135 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Figure 4.1: Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for PM 10 Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.16
136 Figure 4.2 Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for SO 2 Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.17
137 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Figure 4.3: Contour plot showing highest Incremental GLC for NO x Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.18
138 4. OBSERVATIONS The maximum 24-hourly average ground level concentration for pollutant due to proposed expansion calculated using mathematical model (ISCST3) for PM 10, SO 2 and NO x is µg/m 3, µg/m 3 and µg/m 3 respectively which is very negligible even for the worst case scenario. Moreover, this will occur at a distance of only 250 meter from the source, which falls in the vicinity of the plant premises. The incremental ground level concentration of various pollutants at all the ambient air monitoring locations is very negligible and practically nil as shown in Table 4.7 and therefore there will not be any impact on the air quality of surrounding villages due to the proposed expansion. Since, baseline/prevailing concentrations of PM 10 is already higher than the NAAQS at four locations including project site, it is not complying with the NAAQS considering the incremental concentration after the proposed expansion. However, all other parameters are well within the NAAQS after consideration of incremental concentration due to proposed expansion. Thus, there will not be any considerable effect on ambient air quality due to the proposed expansion. However, unit has taken adequate air pollution control measures in the existing unit and the same will be taken care after the proposed expansion. Mitigative measures for the expected impacts on air environment are discussed under the subsequent topic with appropriate heading. Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.19
139 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Table 4.7: Incremental ground level concentration of pollutants Parameters Particulate Matter (size less than 10µm) or (PM10,), µg/m 3 [100]* 24 Hours Sulphur Dioxide (SO 2 ), µg/m 3 [80]* 24 Hours Nitrogen Oxide (NOx), µg/m 3 [80]* 24 Hours Station Code S1 Name of Station Baseline Concentration Incremental Resultant Project Site Nil S2 Bhimasar Village S3 Nandgam Village S4 Padana Village S5 Mithi Rohar Village S6 Modvadar Village S7 Varshamedi Village S8 Ajapar Village S1 Project Site 27.0 Nil S2 Bhimasar Village S3 Nandgam Village S4 Padana Village S5 Mithi Rohar Village S6 Modvadar Village S7 Varshamedi Village S8 Ajapar Village S1 Project Site 35.0 Nil S2 Bhimasar Village S3 Nandgam Village S4 Padana Village S5 Mithi Rohar Village S6 Modvadar Village S7 Varshamedi Village S8 Ajapar Village *National Ambient Air Quality Standards published by MoEF, New Delhi vide G.S.R. 826 (E), dated 16/11/2009. Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.20
140 C. Mitigative Measures Adequate air pollution control unit as well as adequate stack height for proper dispersion of pollutants has been provided for the existing Thermic fluid heaters and D.G. sets which will be adequate after proposed expansion also. At present there is no process gas emission from manufacturing activity or any other ancillary operations and even after proposed expansion there will not be any process gas emissions. Unit has also taken following adequate measures for the control of fugitive emissions in the existing plant and same will be taken care after the proposed expansion also: Control measures for fugitive emission due to manufacturing activity and storage & handling of raw materials & products: o o o o o o o o o o The entire manufacturing activity is carried out in closed reactors/vessels and regular checking and maintenance of the same is carried out to avoid any leakages. Vacuum distillation with double condenser system is adopted. All the motors of pumps for the handling of hazardous chemicals are flame proof and provided with suitable mechanical seal with stand-by arrangement. Control of all parameters on a continuous basis is done by adequate control valves, pressure release valves and safety valves etc. All the flange joints of the pipe lines are covered with flange guards. A regular preventive maintenance is planned and performed to replace or rectify all damage gaskets, joints etc. All the raw materials are stored in tanks/drums in isolated/designated storage area and are kept tightly closed. Precautionary measures are taken while handling various hazardous chemicals. There is also provision of adequate ventilation system in process plant and hazardous chemical storage area. The unit will also expand green belt area within the factory premises to control the fugitive emissions from spreading into surrounding environment. Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.21
141 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Control measures for fugitive emission due to transportation of raw materials & products: There is an easy and fast accessibility as the project site is well connected to the National Highway No. 8A. Hence there is almost no chance of particulate matter got airborne due to the vehicular movement on Kaccha roads. However, the unit has already taken following adequate measures to reduce the fugitive emission due to the transportation activities; o o o o Transporters are instructed to cover the trucks by tarpaulin sheets. TREM card is provided to the driver during the transportation of Hazardous raw materials/products. Sufficient information and training regarding characteristics and immediate actions in case of any spillage or accident during transportation of hazardous chemical is provided to the driver Major internal roads within premises are pacca i.e asphalted and other kaccha roads will also be converted to pacca i.e asphalted road to avoid dust formation caused by movement of vehicles after the proposed expansion. Control measures for Vehicular Pollution due to transportation of raw materials & products: No major increase in traffic due to the proposed expansion and thus there will be very less chance of air pollution due to the vehicular emission from the proposed expansion. However, unit has taken following measures to reduce the air pollution due to the transportation activity. o o o Adequate parking space for trucks within the premises is provided. Only PUC certified vehicles are used and the PUC of the vehicle entering the industrial premises is checked regularly. Transporters are instructed for regular service and maintenance of their vehicles. Hence, there will not be any significant impact on air environment due to proposed expansion. Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.22
142 4.5.3 Land/ Soil Environment A. Identification of Impacts Infrastructural development for the proposed expansion as well as subsequent developments in the nearby area may change the land use pattern of area. The impact on land and soil environment may be due to effluent disposal, chemical and hazardous waste storage & handling. Spillage of chemicals during loading, unloading and transfer, leakage of pumps, flange leakage in pipelines may create soil/land contamination. B. Prediction of Impacts & Mitigative Measures Since the proposed expansion will be carried out within the existing premises, there will not be any change in land use pattern, forest cover or vegetation in surrounding area. Moreover, electricity, water, roads, all basic amenities and infrastructure are already available in the area. There will not be any disposal of effluent on land as unit will maintain Zero Effluent Discharge same as in existing unit. Entire quantity of Domestic wastewater is disposed of in septic tank followed by soak pit and same practice will continue after proposed expansion. Spillage of chemicals during loading, unloading and transfer, leakage of pumps, flange leakage in pipelines may create soil/land contamination. However, the regular maintenance of pumps and flange connections in the pipelines will be carried out and proper care will be taken while loading, unloading and transfer of materials to avoid any soil/land contamination. In case of any spillage, the same will be collected and treated in ETP. The unit has already provided an adequate designated storage area of 300 m 2 for the hazardous waste storage within premises having impervious floor and roof cover with leachate collection system, which will be expanded up to m 2 after proposed expansion. Leachate, if any will be collected and treated in ETP. Thus, there will not be any chances of contamination of soil due to the storage of chemicals and hazardous waste. The hazardous waste generated will be stored and handle as per the Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.23
143 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Hence, there will not be any impact on land and soil environment due to effluent disposal, chemical handling and storage & handling of hazardous wastes after proposed expansion. Development of Green Belt The unit has already developed green belt in the area admeasuring 8,500 sqmt within the existing premises, which will be expanded up to 14,000 sqmt (33.1 %) after the proposed expansion. The green belt area will not only improve the landscape and environment but also enhance soil conditioning, prevent soil erosion which gives slight beneficial impact on the land usage. In consequence of development of green belt it will create a beneficial impact on land and soil environment Noise Environment a) Prediction of Impact Identification of potential impacts on noise environment due to the proposed expansion is as important as other components of the environment. The impacts of noise depend mainly on the characteristic of the noise generating sources, topography and atmospheric conditions. During operation phase of the proposed project, the impact on noise environment will be due to manufacturing activities, utilities and transportation activities (transportation of raw materials and finished products). b) Assessment of Impact & Mitigative Measures After commissioning of the expansion project, there will not be major increase in the noise level. However, adequate measures are taken to minimize the noise in the existing unit and same will be taken care after the proposed expansion. The unit has installed latest technology based low noise D.G. Sets with acoustic enclosures. The noise generation is mitigated by installing noise barriers/absorbers around stationery noise sources, viz. pumps, compressors and blowers etc. Adequate noise control measures such as anti vibration pad for equipment with high vibration is provided. Proper and timely oiling, Lubrication & Preventive Maintenance is done regularly. Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.24
144 All the vibrating parts are checked periodically and serviced to reduce the noise generation. The equipments, which generate excessive noise, are provided with enclosures etc. To minimize the adverse effect on the health, Ear muffs/ earplugs are provided to the workers working under high noise area. Green belt is act as a barrier to the propagation of noise from the factory premises. Existing and proposed greenbelt will reduce the noise levels appreciably and so there will not be any adverse impact occurred to the nearby present human settlement. Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading/unloading of raw and finished materials and other transportation activity may also increase noise level. The transport contractor will be instructed kept vehicle periodically serviced and maintain as per the requirement of latest trend in automobile industry. Only those vehicles with PUC s will be allowed for the transportation. The transport contractor will be informed to avoid unnecessary speeding of vehicles inside the premises. Noise monitoring is carried out regularly at different parts of the plant and will be continued after the proposed expansion as proposed in the monitoring program. Therefore, there will be negligible impact on noise environment of surrounding area due to proposed expansion Ecological Environment The impact due to the proposed project on the ecological parameters like natural vegetation, crops, forests and species diversity is summarized in below texts: The proposed expansion is carried out within the existing industrial premises. Hence, there will not be any cutting of natural vegetation due to proposed expansion. On the contrary, the industry will expand its green belt area within and surrounding periphery. Since the proposed expansion will be carried out within the existing industrial premises, it is not likely to alter the crop production and pattern or the area. Necessary environmental protective measure have been planned under EMP for air, water and hazardous waste management systems and regular environmental surveillance will be carried out so as to prevent any short-term or cumulative effect on the crops and natural vegetation of the area. Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.25
145 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Presently, unit maintains Zero Effluent Discharge and will maintain the same after proposed expansion also. There is no nation park or sanctuary within the study area. No rare and endanger flora & fauna is reported within the study area. Thus, there will not be any significant impact on ecological environment due to proposed expansion Aesthetic Environment Since the proposed expansion will be carried out within the existing premises, there will no change in aesthetic value of the area due to proposed expansion. The unit has already developed green belt area in 8,500 sqmt within the industrial premises which will be expanded up to 14,000 sqmt (33.1% of total land area) which will improve the overall aesthetic view of the premises. Since, unit will maintain zero effluent discharge and there will be no discharge of untreated effluent (gaseous & liquid) on land or in air or any water body, there is no visual adverse impact on land and water. Thus, there will not be any impact on aesthetic environment due to proposed expansion Socio-Economic Environment a) Employment Opportunity Prediction of the socio-economic impacts of site would be totally a positive mainly due to the employment opportunities. At present total 43 nos. of employees/workers are placed for management and production department for existing unit, which will be increased up to 110 nos. after proposed expansion. The preference will be given to local population for employment in the semi-skilled and unskilled category; this will increase the employment opportunity in the surrounding area. Secondary jobs are also bound to be generated to provide day-to-day needs and services to the work force. This will also increase the demand for essential daily utilities in the local market and ancillary business development to some extent for the local population. Thus, the proposed expansion is expected to create a beneficial impact on the local socio-economic environment. Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.26
146 b) Industries During the operation activities, the required resources are consumed maximum from the local area and same practice will continue after the expansion. The increasing industrial activity will boost the commercial and economical status of the locality, to some extent. c) Public Health Same as the existing plant, workers will be provided after proposed expansion with basic amenities like safe water supply, low cost sanitation facilities, first aid, required personal protective equipments, etc.; otherwise there could be an increase in diseases related to personal hygiene. Moreover unit is carrying out CSR activities in nearby villages in the field of medical facilities, public health and green belt development; this has contributed to improve the public health in the region to some extent. The unit also intends to continue such activities with the increased budget in the region after the expansion project. Hence, there will not be any adverse effect on the sanitation and the community health of the area, on the contrary there will be beneficial impacts in the region as sufficient measures have been taken and proposed under the EMP. On the whole the project will have a favorable ranking with the local inhabitants and will be looked upon as a blessing for development of the area. Thus, there will be a beneficial impact on socio-economic environment due to proposed expansion activities. Overall, the beneficial Impacts due to the proposed project are shown in Figure 4.4. Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.27
147 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Figure 4.4: Beneficial Impacts Due to the Project Project CSR Activities Development of Green Belt Improve Educational facility Improve Soil Conditioning Improve Sanitation condition Improve community health Probability of temporary, secondary & permanent employment Prevent Soil erosion and improve the landscape Minimize the Noise & Air Pollution Improve Aesthetic Environment Enhance Commercial & economical status Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Page 4.28
148 CHAPTER 5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)
149 CHAPTER 5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 5.1 PREAMBLE The main purpose of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is to identify project specific actions that will be undertaken by the project authority for mitigation of the specific impacts identified in the proposed project. These actions will be incorporated into project management system and integrated into the implementation at various stages of project development. The EMP describes both generic good practice measures and site specific measures, the implementation of which is aimed at mitigating potential impact associated with the project activity. 5.2 OBJECTIVES OF THE EMP The main objective of Environmental Management Plan is to warrant that the industrial development in an identified particular study area needs to be entangled with judicious utilization of non-renewable resources and to ensure that the stress/load on the ecosystem is within its permissible assimilative capacity i.e. its carrying capacity. In above context assimilative capacity refers to the maximum amount of pollution load that can be discharged into the environment without affecting the designated use of various environmental attributes and is governed by dilution, dispersion and removal due to physico-chemical and biological process. An effective EMP ensures that these environmental requirements and objectives are satisfied during all phases of project. The long-term objectives of the EMP for all the environmental attributes are as under: To comply with all the regulations / applicable laws stipulated by Central & State Pollution Control Boards. To create good working conditions (devoid of air & noise pollution) for employees. To rationalize and streamline environmental activities to add value in efficiency and effectiveness. To encourage and achieve highest performance and response from individual employees and contractors. To plan out the complete strategy to take care of stakeholder engagement. Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management expenditure. Chapter-5: Environmental Management Plan Page 5.1
150 To encourage support and conduct developmental works for the purpose of achieving environment standards and to improve methods of environment management. Continuous development and search for innovative technologies for a cleaner and better environment. To contribute significantly for sustainable development. 5.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) The EMP for the proposed project has been chalked out for the various environmental attributes viz, Air, Water, Land, Noise, ecology, socio-economic etc. and the same is presented below in Table 5.1. Table 5.1: Environmental Management Plan Sr. Activity No. 1. Manufacturing activities and operations of utilities Sub-activity / impacts Resources (water, fuel, power etc.) utilization Wastewater generation & disposal Gaseous emissions Fugitive emissions Hazardous waste generation Chapter-5: Environmental Management Plan Page 5.2 Environmental Attribute Associated Environment Air, land, water Air, land, water Air Land, Water Impact Zone Management Plan Indefinites Ensure the provision of Environmental Management system (EMS) as proposed / committed for environmental pollution Within the control. premises Ensure the efficient operations of provided Within the premises EMS. Ensure proper collection and some and handling of effluent to extent in avoid any leakages & vicinity spillages. Ensure evaporation of equalized effluent at Within the premises and some extent in vicinity Within the premises Noise pollution Noise Within the premises controlled temperature ( ºC) to avoid any VOC emission. Regular monitoring w.r.t EMS, ambient air quality, work area, noise, water quality as per the monitoring program. Review the monitoring reports and take corrective measures as required. Ensure the submission of
151 Sr. No. Activity 2. Storage & handling of hazardous chemicals and Sub-activity / impacts Fugitive emissions Environmental Attribute Air Impact Zone Within the premises Chemical Water, Within the Management Plan monitoring reports to the concerned authority as per the norms. Ensure compliance of stipulated conditions by concerned authorities. Ensure optimum use of resources. Regular monitoring of water consumption. Maintain proper record of resources utilization. Ensure the close manufacturing systems in order to minimize fugitive emissions. Ensure the regular maintenance of reactors and other process equipments. Ensure regular usage of proper PPE's by workers in the plant. Ensure the collection, storage, handling, transportation & disposal of all the hazardous wastes as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Transboundary Movement) Rules, 1989 as Amended in Proper and timely oiling, lubrication, preventive maintenance of all plant machinery & equipments. Explore the technology for cleaner production, waste minimization, treatment/ reuse / recycle / coincineration of wastes. Ensure the storage and handling of all the chemicals in a proper manner to avoid any Chapter-5: Environmental Management Plan Page 5.3
152 Sr. No. Activity hazardous waste 3. Domestic activities 4. Green belt development 5. Rain water harvesting Sub-activity / impacts Environmental Attribute Impact Zone spillage land premises and some extent in vicinity Water consumption Wastewater generation & disposal Greenbelt development within the premises and peripheral area Collection, storage and utilization/ recharging of Water Water, Land Air, land, ecology Water Within the premises and some extent in vicinity Within the premises and some extent in vicinity Within the premises and some extent in Management Plan spillages and also to prevent runoff contamination in monsoon. Ensure collection & treatment of spillages, if any, ensure good housekeeping to maintain clean and orderly working environment. Provide training to the persons handling chemicals & hazardous wastes. Ensure the provision of designated hazardous waste storage area with proper roofing and leachate collection. Ensure the disposal of hazardous wastes at approved TSDF with manifest only. Ensure availability of MSDS of all the Hazardous materials to the on-site emergency team. Regular monitoring of water consumption and ensure optimum use of water. Ensure proper discharge of sewage to soak pit through septic tank. Maintain existing green belt by regular watering, soil enrichment work (applying manure) weeding and provide proper protection. Ensure the further development of greenbelt as proposed. Ensure the maximum possible collection of rain water and recharging ground water and/or use Chapter-5: Environmental Management Plan Page 5.4
153 Sr. No. Activity Sub-activity / impacts 6. CSR activities Generation of employment opportunity Social welfare activities 7. Transportation of hazardous chemicals and hazardous waste Environmental Attribute Impact Zone Management Plan rain water vicinity for greenbelt development & other industrial activities to reduce fresh water requirements. Ensure good housekeeping to avoid contamination of rain water Vehicular pollution and Fugitive emissions Socioeconomic Air Nearby area Transport ation route Noise pollution Noise Transport ation route Chemical spillage Land, air, water Transport ation route and some extent in vicinity Give preference to local people for the recruitment. Ensure to carry out CSR activities as proposed. Vehicles must be PUC certified. Ensure vehicular movement only during day time. Ensure the transportation only by covered vehicles. Ensure availability of manifest/trem card with driver during the transportation of Hazardous Waste / hazardous chemicals. Ensure regular maintenance and optimum use of the vehicles. Educate driver about the characteristics of wastes/ chemicals and immediate actions in case of any spillage or accident. Ensure availability of MSDS of all the Hazardous materials to the Off-site Emergency team. 5.4 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN Development of a greenbelt mitigates to a certain extent the potential negative impact on the environment due to dust, air emissions, fugitive emission and noise. A green cover itself acts as containment for dust. Presence of a green belt, lead to micro-climate and soil quality balancing, by retaining of soil moisture, recharge of ground water as Chapter-5: Environmental Management Plan Page 5.5
154 well as self-control of micro-climate of that area. It also improves the aesthetic value of the area, later on it becomes the natural habitat of various bird species. To maintain the ecological balance unit has already developed green belt in 8,500 sqmt within the premises and this will be increased up to 14,000 sqmt (33.1% of total area) after the proposed expansion. Details of the existing and proposed plant species are given in the Table 5.2. Photograph showing existing greenbelt development are given in Annexure-15 (b). The unit will develop proposed greenbelt within three years and also participate in the greenbelt development programs outside the premises at appropriate places in nearby villages with the consultation of district forest office. Table 5.2: Details of Plant Species Sr. No. Common Mame of tree / plant Scientific Name Number of species Existing Proposed Total After Expansion 1. Badam Terminalia Cattapa Neem Azardorachta Indica Nilgiri Eucalyptus Sp Kariyle Safeda Ashoka Saraca Indica Miscellaneous Plants Gulmohar Delonix regia Chiku Manilkara zapota Champa Michelia alba Sitaphal Annona squamosa L Jamun Syzygium cumini Linn Total number of Species Greenbelt Area (in sqmt) 1. Tree Covered Lawn Covered Total Area Covered (sqmt) Proposed greenbelt development program Details 1 st Year 2 nd Year 3 rd Year Total %age each year Proposed Plants The scenario of planting arrangement and size should be based on the optimum use of available land. Plants suitable to abate the pollution should be identified to be local plants. The general considerations involved while developing the green belt are: Local/native fast growing trees should be planted. Planting of trees should be undertaken in appropriate encircling rows. Chapter-5: Environmental Management Plan Page 5.6
155 The trees should be protected by plantation of non palatable shrub species to avoid browsing by animals. It should be tolerant to air pollutants present in the area mainly dust pollution. It should have possessed extensive foliar area to provide maximum impinging surface for continued efficient adsorption and absorption of pollutants. It should be tall in peripheral curtain plantation, with large, spreading canopy in the primary and secondary attenuation zones. It should able to grow and thrive on soil of areas, be evergreen in habitat having minimum of leaf fall. It should maintain ecological, land and hydrological balance of the region. 5.5 RAINWATER HARVESTING SYSTEM Artificial recharge to ground water is the process of augmenting the ground water resources at a rate exceeding that under natural conditions of replenishment. Rain water harvesting is the technique of collection of rain water and recharging of ground water artificially by means of recharge structure. Recharge structure includes recharge pits, check dams, recharge well, nala bunding and recharge tank construction. It may be possible to collect rainwater through necessary infrastructure construction for diverting; collecting and storing it into groundwater reservoir as recharge into aquifer on subjected it through filtration media. If planned properly and designed scientifically, it may aid in improving recharge availability and opportunity. Rainfall is one of the important parameters that contribute water for the purpose of recharge into ground water reservoir and therefore to estimate its likely quantum long term rainfall data is essential. As per the Book Climate of Gujarat, published by Indian Meteorological Department in 1995, Average rainfall for the period of is 331 mm with number of rainy 16.6 in the Anjar Taluka. Unit has total plot area of 42,291 sqmt and based on the average rainfall in the area and effective area available for rain water harvesting, quantity of yearly runoff has been derived as 5,196 KL. The total water requirement after proposed expansion will be 16,200 KL/year (for 360 working days per year) and hence quantity of rain water to be harvested would be about 32.2% of annual water requirement. Details of estimation of availability of yearly runoff are given in Table 5.3. Chapter-5: Environmental Management Plan Page 5.7
156 Table 5.3: Estimation on Availability of Yearly Runoff Particular Unit Value Ground Untreated Roof-Top Surface Ground Covering Catchment Annual Rain Fall mm 331 Runoff Coefficient Filter Efficiency Catchment Area Sqmt Annual Volume of water harvested KL Total Annual Volume of water harvested KL 5196 Daily Water Requirement after proposed expansion KL/Day 45.0 Working Days Days/Annum 360 Annual Water Requirement KL/Annum Intensity of Rain Fall m/hour 0.04 Total rain water discharge KL/hour Peak rainfall intensity Minutes 15 Runoff volume in a single storm KL Based on the above estimation for rain water harvesting, it is estimated that effective runoff water available for harvesting is about 32.2% of annual water requirement. It is suggested to construct adequate rainwater harvesting and groundwater recharge structures consisting of network of storm water drainage all around the premises, catch basin, filtration pit and recharge well. It is also suggested to collect and store the rain water in appropriate pond/structure and utilize rain water for plantation and other industrial purposes. For existing as well as proposed expansion, source of water is Gujarat Water Infrastructure Ltd. and there will not be any withdrawal of ground water. Hence, it would not necessities to construct the rainwater harvesting and groundwater recharge structures outside the plant premises. However as a part of their CSR, the unit will explore the opportunities to construct the rainwater harvesting and groundwater recharge structures in consultation with local Gram Panchayat and Village Heads in surrounding villages. Chapter-5: Environmental Management Plan Page 5.8
157 Ground Water Recharge Structure: Rain water harvesting system will be provided for the building roof drainage, paved area drainage as well as site open drainage. The rain water will be collected by gravity through storm water drainage network, catch basin, rain water manhole and PVC pipe and finally it will be diverted to the proposed rain water harvesting pits for recharging the ground water. Well design storm water network will be provided to collect the maximum rain water from the all over the site area. The storm water drain system will be designed with proper slope and direction, considering the catchments area and intensity of rainfall. Additionally the unit may construct any appropriate pond/structure to collect and store the rain water before diverting it to the recharge well and utilize for plantation and other industrial purposes. The overflow of rainwater harvesting pit will be discharged in to nearby natural storm water drain. As given in Table 5.3 above, the total calculated discharge from the area is 5196 KL and the drainage network will be designed considering the maximum rainfall intensity of 40 mm/hr. Considering 15 minutes of peak rainfall, runoff volume in a single storm will be 174 KL. Volume of one rain water harvesting pit is considered as 3.5m diameter x 6.0m depth and minimum three pits will be provided with PVC slotted pipe up to minimum depth of 40 m within the premises. Typical cross section of the rain water harvesting pit is given in Figure 5.1. Chapter-5: Environmental Management Plan Page 5.9
158 Figure 5.1: Typical Cross Section of Rain Water Harvesting Pit The unit will initiate necessary feasibility study and prepare the detail rainwater harvesting scheme in consultation with professional to determine the potential of rainwater collection, necessary arrangements & designs. The management will then ensure proper implementation of scheme and efficient operations of rainwater harvesting system. The management will also ensure good house-keeping all over the catchment area and proper maintenance of the RWH system to avoid any contamination of the rain water. As a precaution they will divert first few rain spell either to ETP or any nearby natural storm water drain. Chapter-5: Environmental Management Plan Page 5.10
159 5.6 APPLICATION OF CLEANER PRODUCTION (CP) TECHNOLOGY Cleaner Production in recent times has emerged as an attractive proposition to tackle the environmental problems posed by rapid industrialization and is being accepted worldwide. Besides reducing pollution, it also improves the process efficiency, thus reducing the cost of production. Applications of CP mainly focus on preventing or minimizing the generation of waste and gaseous emission. The basic idea of cleaner production is to avoid a problem altogether rather than trying to find remedial measure by adopting proactive approach of waste management. As far as the production processes are concern, CP is achieved by raw material and energy conservation, by reducing quantum of emission and waste generation. To obtain fruitful results, CP should be implemented by adopting the concept of product modification, source reduction and recycling. This is an existing unit and have implemented various techniques of CP in their factory premises and put continues efforts for developing new techniques. Existing as well as proposed implementation of techniques of CP is described below: Pollution Prevention High density polythene bags or drums are used. Hence, the generation of plastic waste is reduced. Moreover, Discarded Bags and Container are decontaminated and reuse/sold. The unit is maintaining the proper inventory of the hazardous chemicals and keeping the buffer stock as minimum as possible. This reduces the possibilities & magnitude of environmental hazards. There is a periodic arrangement of environmental training program to create understanding among plant personnel towards environment. Unit manufactures products with maximum yield by using high-quality of raw material and advanced process technology. To minimize material wastage, standard SOP is followed by the unit Water Conservation Mopping is done for floor cleaning. Same practice will be continued after proposed expansion. As a part of water conservation, excess service water taps is not provided in the plant premises. Likewise, for the green belt development, water sprinkle system is used instead of hose pipe. Chapter-5: Environmental Management Plan Page 5.11
160 Flow meter is installed at raw water intake and at Effluent Treatment plant. High Pressure Jet Pump is used for the cleaning of equipment, vessel & rector etc Energy Conservation First step to conserve energy is to identify source of energy utilization. Variable frequency drives (VFD) in pumps, whenever required is provided to save energy. Use of low loss transformer instead of conventional transformer. As far as possible the unit is planning to use solar street lights in the factory premises which is the renewable energy. Proper air to fuel ratio is maintained for the maximum efficiency of thermic fluid heater. Good insulation practice has been adopted to prevent heat losses. Regular cleaning to the lamps and fixtures is done to get better illumination in the plant. To avoid loss of precious quantum of energy, regular maintenance/ servicing is provided to all the equipments. Unit is planning to conduct energy audit regularly as a tool for monitoring purpose Reuse / Recycle Used oil from the plant & machineries is reused as a lubricant within plant and excess, if any is sold to authorize recyclers Good Housekeeping Good housekeeping means changing existing practices or introducing new ways of operating and maintaining equipment. Proper good housekeeping can prevent accidents, spillages and leakages, raw material & product loses. For Good housekeeping following practices are adopted. All the materials are stored in compatible group. All pits, sumps are properly covered or securely fenced. Appropriate tools are provided for handling of all the materials. Regular training is given to all workforces. All the passages, floors and stairways are maintained in good condition. The system is made available to deal with any spillage at the plant. Chapter-5: Environmental Management Plan Page 5.12
161 Sufficient disposable bins are clearly marked and these are suitably located in the plant. In the plant, precaution and instructions are displayed at strategic locations. Proper working instructions are given to all the workers in factory. Roads/walkway within the plant is maintained neat and clean. Walkways are clearly marked and free from obstructions. 5.7 BUDGETARY ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION A capital investment towards the environmental protection, control & mitigation measures is about Rs. 32 Lac which will be increased upto Rs. 52 Lac after the proposed expansion. The unit keeps provision for adequate funds aside to meet with regular expenses for the environmental control measures. Recurring cost for environmental management for the existing project as well as after proposed expansion is given in Table 5.4. Table 5.4: Recurring Cost for Environmental Management Sr. No. Description Recurring Cost, Rs. In Lacs per Annum Existing Proposed Total 1. Air Pollution Control Water Pollution Control Hazardous Waste Management Noise Pollution Environmental Monitoring Occupational Health Green Belt development Statutory Compliance & Chartered Services Community Welfare Total Chapter-5: Environmental Management Plan Page 5.13
162 CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
163 CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 6.1 PREAMBLE The post project environmental monitoring program serves as the key tool to keep track on performance of mitigation measures implemented & pollution control technologies installed to prevent impacts associated with various operations of the project. Environmental monitoring is the repetitive and systematic measurement of the characteristics of environmental components to test specific hypotheses of the effects of human activity on the environment. Environmental monitoring is undertaken primarily to determine the environmental effects of human activities, and secondarily to increase understanding of cause-effect relationships between human activity and environmental change. Thus, environmental monitoring is the effective observation of site conditions and work activities; and identification of potential non-compliance situations and initiation of corrective or remedial actions. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution, since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring. 6.2 MONITORING PROGRAM From the monitoring point of view, the important components are air, water, soil, noise and occupational health & safety. Regular monitoring is carried out in existing plant by NABL approved laboratory and will be continued as per the need after the proposed expansion also. Environmental monitoring program after the proposed expansion is given in following Table 6.1. Table 6.1: Environmental Monitoring Program Sr. Components Locations Parameters Frequency No. 1 Water Quantity 2 Water Quality 3 Wastewater Quantity Intake Source 2 (Raw water supply & ground water in downstream) ETP (Feed line of Evaporator) Daily & Monthly water consumption As per IS Daily & Monthly Wastewater discharge/ Regular Twice in a year (except monsoon) Regular Chapter-6: Environmental Monitoring Program Page 6.1
164 Sr. Components Locations Parameters Frequency No. 4 5 Wastewater Quality Flue gas stack 1 (Raw wastewater) Thermic Fluid Heaters (3 Nos.) and D.G. Sets (2 Nos.) 6 Ambient Air 3 within the premises 7 Work area 3 within plant area 8 Hazardous waste 9 Noise 10 Soil 11 Occupational Health ETP sludge & Evaporation Residue All prominent locations within the premises 2 (1 within premises & 1 in vicinity) Pre-employment check-up Periodical checkup Post-employment check-up disposal General parameters ph PM, SO 2, NO x PM 10, PM 2.5, SO 2, NO x and as specified by SPCB VOC and as specified by Factory Inspector General parameters Noise levels As per norms Vision, Audiometry, Spirometry, Chest Skiagram, Urine, Complete blood count, etc. Vision, Audiometry, Spirometry, Urine, RBS, Liver function tests (LFT), Complete blood count, Anemia, etc. Vision, Audiometry, Spirometry, Chest Skiagram, Urine, Complete blood count, etc. Quarterly Daily / Regular Quarterly Quarterly Quarterly Quarterly Quarterly Once in a year Once at the time of appointment Age <30 yrs: once in 5 years; yrs, once in 4 years; yrs: once in 2 years; above >50 yrs, once in a year Once at the time of relieving 12 Safety Whole unit Safety Audit Yearly 13 Greenbelt development Within the premises and in plant vicinity Plant growth and survival rate Periodic Chapter-6: Environmental Monitoring Program Page 6.2
165 6.3 INFRASTRUCTURAL REQUIREMENT & PROCUREMENT SCHEDULES Looking to the Zero Effluent Discharge by complete evaporation of collected and equalized effluent, there is no need to establish full fledge laboratory for ETP. However, unit will regularly check ph of the raw effluent. Flow meter will be provided at the ETP (on feed line of Evaporator) for regular monitoring of wastewater quantity. In addition to this, same as the current practice, regular monitoring will be carried out for wastewater, gaseous emission, fugitive emission and noise by NABL approved laboratory as proposed in monitoring program. Unit has a well-developed First Aid Centre inside the plant premises. Unit has already made necessary tie-up with nearby hospital as listed in Table 6.2 for the medical assistance in case of any emergency. Medical officer Dr. Balwant Gadhvi (MBBS, AFIH, CIH) and Dr. Mahesh Yadav (MBBS, AFIH, CIH) are appointed for the periodical health check-up of the employees. Periodical health check-up reports of all the employees are being maintained and the reports of two employees are given in Annexure-13 for reference. In addition to the above, unit will maintain health records in Form 33 as per the factory act as well as in format attached as Annexure-14. Table 6.2: Details of Hospitals Tie-up for Medical Assistance Sr. No. Name of hospital Name of Doctor Address 1. TAP Hospital 2. Aims Hospital Dr. Balwant Gadhvi (MBBS, AFIH, CIH) Dr. Mahesh Yadav (MBBS, AFIH, CIH) 6.4 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY 45, Rambagh Road, Adipur , Kutch, Gujarat Near Navanaka, Opp. Brahmpuri, Mandvi , Kutch, Gujarat Unit not only carries out business but also understands the obligations towards the Environment. The unit believes in sustainable development and equally concern about environment preservation and pollution control. Unit has already established a well organized Environmental Management Cell (EMC) which performs all the environmental management activities. The unit has a well laid down Environment, Health & Safety Policy approved by its Managing Director. The EHS Policy prescribes to comply with statutory norm with regards to the Environment, Health & Safety, to prevent pollution by adopting cleaner production techniques, identification and management of operational hazards and risks and to Chapter-6: Environmental Monitoring Program Page 6.3
166 ensure the safety of people. All employees at each cadre of the unit have been educated about the EHS Policy of the company and policy has been posted at various prominent places in the unit. EHS policy is enclosed as Figure 6.1. It is suggested to revise EHS policy for standard operating procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms/conditions with regards to the Environment, Health & Safety and to take further corrective actions. Figure 6.1: Environment Health & Safety Policy Chapter-6: Environmental Monitoring Program Page 6.4
167 Hierarchical system and administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring total environmental compliance are described in the subsequent topics with relevant headings. 6.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL All the project activities are monitored to ensure the appropriate implementation of all environmental mitigation activities and to identify areas where environmental management plan compliance is not satisfied. For effective implementation of the monitoring program, it is also necessary to have a permanent organizational set-up. Unit has already set-up permanent environmental management cell (EMC) for the effective implementation and monitoring of environmental management system. The unit has assigned responsibility to officer from various disciplines and cadres to perform and co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of environmental control measures. The environmental management cell (EMC) set-up by unit is given here below in Figure 6.2. Figure 6.2: Environmental Management Cell Director General Manager Officer-EHS Operator & Helper General Manager of the unit is responsible for total environmental management. Overall activities performed by EMC are presented below and details of responsibilities to be given to each officer of the EMC are given in Table 6.3. Collect information from regular monitoring and create database. Analyze the data and decide thrust area. Carry out project in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to environmental problems. Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information. Chapter-6: Environmental Monitoring Program Page 6.5
168 Work out action plan for implementation of the recommendations made in the report. Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for environment management program. To deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the conditions prescribed by GPCB. Non compliance / violation of environmental norms, if any is reported to Managing Partner and immediate required action is taken. Efficient operation and regular monitoring of environmental management systems Prepare budget for environmental monitoring program Table 6.3: Responsibilities of EMC S. No. 1. Director Name & Designation 2. General Manager 3. Officer-EHS Responsibilities Approve environment policy and give directions to succeeding component of the cell Responsible for overall environmental management. Regularly coordinate with Officer-EHS and take feedback regarding all the activities performed under EMC, keep aware the Director of the unit about all the activities performed under EMC, any major issue/accidents/incident take place, any noncompliance/ violation of environmental norms Establish EHS Policy, Development EHS SOP, EHS Plan, Manual, Evolutes EHS program & training, Legal complacencies of GPCB & other Authorities. Execute and follow-up for routine monitoring, cleaning and maintenance work of environmental Management systems. Observe regularity, discipline and working strength of ETP operator. Property Loss Prevention activities, Work permit, Plant equipment changes, Mock rill activity, Safety Inspection & audit work, EHS Incidents/Accident investigation, Employee observations/near misses along with corrective action, Develop safety Committee & take quarterly its meeting review & compliance report. Reporting the general manager about all the activities performed under EMC, any major issue/accidents/incident take place, any noncompliance/ violation of environmental norms 4. Operator & Helpers To coordinate with production department, Utility, Chapter-6: Environmental Monitoring Program Page 6.6
169 S. No. Name & Designation Responsibilities Engineering department to run ETP smoothly, carry out daily effluent analysis & take necessary actions if required & maintain & update all documents & records on daily basis, Routine cleaning & maintenance of ETP, Maintain minimum stock of required chemicals/materials, Give indent for spare components and follow up for it, maintain hazardous waste storage area in good condition & Record of it, Observe regularity, discipline, working strength of helpers. 6.6 ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS & DOCUMENTATION Data Analysis All environmental monitoring data are stored as computer database by the Environmental Management Cell (EMC) for proper storage, retrieval and interpretation of the same. A regular database format is maintained to keep a track of monitored parameters and causes are identified in case of non-conformity with the permissible limits. Same practice will be continued after the proposed expansion Reporting Schedules Voluntary reporting of environmental performance with reference to EMP is undertaken. General Manager and Officer-EHS co-ordinate all monitoring programs at site and data generated are submitted regularly to the statutory agencies. Frequency of reporting is as per the requirement of GPCB and MoEF. This reporting schedule will remain same after proposed expansion Environmental Monitoring Expenditure The monitoring and evaluation process requires extensive surveys and primary data collection, either to establish the baseline or to measure changes. In order to respond management needs for carrying out environmental monitoring, a contingency budget is required. Cost towards environmental monitoring of existing plant is about Rs. 60,000 which will increase up to Rs. 1,00,000 after the proposed expansion. Chapter-6: Environmental Monitoring Program Page 6.7
170 CHAPTER 7 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)
171 CHAPTER 7 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) M/s. Natural Petrochemicals Pvt. Ltd. is an existing industrial unit and the proposed expansion will take place within the existing premises having all the infrastructure facilities, land, water sources, material transportation, power etc. Unit already has sufficient land required for the proposed expansion so no additional land will be required and therefore, no need to analyze any alternate site for proposed expansion. After the proposed expansion, existing infrastructure facilities will be utilized with the addition of new machineries. Therefore, no alternative for the site was considered. Unit intends to do expansion by increasing the production capacity of existing products viz. Unsaturated Polyester Resins and Alkyd Resins. Manufacturing of these Synthetic Organic Resins involves various chemical reactions and physical operations for which unit has adopted latest and best technology available so far in the market. Moreover, the unit is very concerns and conscious about the product quality and equally about the environmental protection and resource conservation; and hence they put their efforts for replacing/ upgrading their existing plant and machineries from time to time with the best available technology. Chapter-7: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site) Page 7.1
172 CHAPTER 8 RISK AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT
173 CHAPTER 8 RISK AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT 8.1 PREAMBLE Increasing use of hazardous chemicals as raw materials, intermediates and finished products has attracted attention of the Government and the public at large in view of the chemical disasters. The serious nature of the accidents, which cause damage to the plant, personnel and public, has compelled industries to pay maximum attention to the safety issues and also to effectively manage the hazardous material and operations. It is mandatory for the industries handling hazardous chemical to maintain specified safety standards and generate an on-site emergency plan and keep it linked with off site emergency plan. The Risk Assessment Study and safety management for the proposed expansion project of Natural Petrochemicals Pvt. Ltd. has been carried out and the details are elaborated in this chapter. Based on the findings & recommendations of RA report management plan for the proposed expansion has also been prepared and included. Risk Assessment is defined as a continuous and integrated process of identification, evaluation and measurement of risks, along with their potential impact on the organization. The benefits of risk assessment include the following: Prevention or reduction in occurance of accidents. Mitigation of the severity and/or consequences by way of improved process techniques, fire protection systems, arrangements of storage, inventory monitoring to fit production requirements. Development of confidences in employees by improving competency. Preparedness and prompt response to deal with any accident. The safety management includes the implementation of preventive methods or accident prevention methods to avoid incident or accident and handling of emergency in case of accident. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.1
174 8.2 OBJECTIVE, PHILOSOPHY AND METHODOLOGY OF RISK ASSESSMENT Objective The principle objective of this study is to identify major risks in the manufacturing process and to evaluate on-site & off-site consequences of identified hazard scenarios. Pointers are then given for effective mitigation of hazards in terms of suggestions for effective disaster management, suggesting minimum preventive and protective measures & change of practices to ensure safety Philosophy The following aspects and areas have been covered in this study; Identification of major risk areas. Hazard identification / Identification of failure cases. Consequential analysis of probable risks / failure cases; o Determination of the probable risk by Releasing of chemical due to leakage of storage tank and catastrophic failure. o Risk assessment on the basis of the above evaluation & risk acceptability. o Minimum preventive & protective measures to be taken to minimize risks to maximum possible extent. Giving pointers for effective disaster management. Suggesting measures to further lower the probability of risk Methodology Design data, built in safety systems are studied. Discussions are held with officials. Safety related individual system is discussed. Hazard identification exercise is conducted taking into consideration of materials, material handling methods, operating procedures, built in safety in reactors, operating parameters and safety measures to be taken in proposed plant. Few areas like process building, storage of hazardous chemicals, to evaluate safety systems in the event of any abnormalities occurring. Containment failure scenario related to storage area is considered for hazard Analysis and consequences of such containment failures are considered in detail. Thus, this study is mainly oriented towards actual risks rather than chronic risks. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.2
175 8.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL, PROCESS AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT The proposed project includes manufacturing of various bulk drugs and drug intermediates along with the existing products. Manufacturing of these synthetic organic chemicals required raw materials are listed in Chapter-2, Section-2.8 with hazardous identification Hazardous Chemicals None of the product is defined as hazardous in MSIHC rules but may fall under the definition of hazardous material/chemicals either due to its hazardous and toxic nature. Most of the raw materials fall under the definition of hazardous chemical. The details of hazardous chemicals are given in Table 8.1. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.3
176 Table 8.1: Details of Hazardous Chemicals Sr. No. Name of Chemicals 1. Styrene (Monomer) 2. Ethylene Glycol 3. Diethylene Glycol CAS No. State Colour Odor Clear viscous liquid Colorless Sweetish, Aeromatic Sp. Gravity Vapour Density Boiling Point º C Melting Point º C Flash Point º C Explosive limit LEL UEL % % (-) Viscous liquid Colorless Odorless (-) Clear Viscous liquid Solubility in water Very slightly soluble in cold water Miscible in all proportions Colorless Odorless (-) Easily soluble Hazardous Characteristics Hazardous, Flammable Hazardous, slightly Flammable Hazardous, Flammable 4. Propylene Glycol 5. Dipropylene Glycol 6. Phthalic Anhydride 7. Terephthalic Acid 8. Maliec Anhydride Clear oily liquid Colorless Odorless (-) Miscible Slightly Viscous liquid Solid (Crystals Solid) Solid (Powdered Solid) Hazardous, slightly Flammable Colorless Odorless Miscible Slightly Hazardous White Characteristic acrid, choking Very slightly soluble in cold water Hazardous, flammable in presence of heat, corrosive, toxic Off-white Insoluble Hazardous, Toxic Scales White Aeromatic Isopthalic Almost Fine crystals White Acid Odorless Aromatic 10. Xylene Liquid Colorless hydrocarbon odor Soluble (decomposition) Slightly soluble Insoluble Hazardous, flammable, corrosive, sensitizing, toxic Slightly Hazardous, toxic Hazardous, flammable Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.4
177 8.3.2 Safety Measures for Transportation, Storage & Handling of chemicals Styrene is received by road tankers stored in tanks and Xylene is received in drums. Solvent unloading standard procedure is in place and implemented for safe unloading of road tanker. Static earthing provision is made for tanker unloading. Flexible steel hose is used for unloading from the tanker. Flame proof electric motor is used during loading/unloading. NRV is provided on pump discharge line. Fixed pipeline with pumps is provided for transfer to vessel. TERM CARD is provided to all transporters and they are trained for transportation Emergency of hazardous chemicals. Drum handling trolleys are used for transportation of drums up to plant. Muffler on the silencer of the tanker during entering in factory premises. Safety permit system is followed for loading and unloading. Isolate storage is provided with wire fencing under lock and key. Only authorized person is permitted in storage area. Display Boards are provided on all storage tanks which includes the name of the chemicals and storage capacity. Caution note, hazardous identification board is provided. On-site detectors for fire based on heat &/or smoke detection with alarm system is provided as required. Fire extinguishers and fire hydrant system are provided as per requirement. First aids boxes are provided at different places wherever required. Water showering system is provided to the flammable chemicals storage area, wherever required to avoid the vaporization due to increase in atmosphere temperature. Hazardous Chemical storage area is declared as NO SMOKE ZONE. Hazardous material handling is carried out by using all PPE with proper ventilation & under supervision Critical Safety Measures for Process Units Critical safety measures are the most important aspect of selection of process technology to ensure safety in production unit. For the safety in production area some important critical safety measures are provided within the process technology/ Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.5
178 equipment itself & put continue efforts for developing new technology/equipment. Company ensures such provision in the technology /equipment /machineries at time of purchase. The details of the critical safety measures for process unit are as below; Any reaction upsets is confined to the reaction vessel itself as defined quantity of raw materials are issued to the reaction vessel by metering pumps/load cells. Process parameters control is provided vide Standard Operating Procedures. Materials are transferred by pumping through pipeline or by vacuum from drums. All reactors are connected to vapor condensers system. Hazardous materials are transferred by pipelines and in control manners. Trained person is engaged for handling of hazardous materials. Proper safety precautions are taken during handling of hazardous materials. Solvents and flammable material storage area is kept away from the process plant and required quantity of material is charge in reactor by pump or by gravity. Further all the vessels are examined periodically by a recognized competent person. All the vessels and equipments are well earthed appropriately and well protected against Static Electricity. Also for draining in drums proper earthing facilities are provided. Temperature indicators are provided near all reactors. Caution note, safety posters, stickers, periodic training & updation in safety and emergency preparedness plan are displayed and conducted. Flame proof light fittings are installed in the plant. All the Plant Personnel are provided with Personal Protection Equipments to protect against any adverse health effect during operations, leakage, spillages or splash. PPE like Helmets, Safety Shoes and Safety Glasses are provided to the employees. Material Safety Data Sheets of raw materials & products are kept readily available at the shop floor Safety Measures For Preventive Maintenance The safety measures in form of the general Do's & Don'ts for safety in process & other plant area are as below: Do not work on equipments without permission from plant head and maintenance head. Make sure equipment is empty and fluxed with nitrogen and air. Check VOC content for flammable and make sure that no flammable vapour contents. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.6
179 Keep proper and adequate fire extinguisher near work area. Use proper PPE. Do not allow any employment without pre-medical check-up or without checking fitness. Check all motors are disconnected and fuse pulled out before maintenance. Work in any equipment must be conducted in presence of supervisor. Make sure all process lines are disconnected. Additional safety measures in form of the checklist covering Do's & Don'ts of preventive maintenance, strengthening of EHS are updated timely and made available to all concern department & personnel Safety measures to prevent spillage / leakage of toxic chemicals The preventive maintenance are planned and carried out as per plan to avoid the failure of valve, pipe lines and other component of transferring line. The spillage is confined to the dyke area underneath the vessel. The resultant splash of such chemicals result in exposure of toxic chemicals to employees. Facilities like Safety shower and eye wash fountains are provided in the plant area, which can be used to decontaminate the affected employees. Suitable decontamination procedure is used to decontaminate the spilled or leaked material. The SOP for decontamination is reared with all related department. The followings are some measures taken for handling the toxic chemicals safely; Safety equipments like electric siren, safety belts, safey shower etc are provided at some places in plant as per the requirement and Suitable personal protective equipment like splash goggles, gloves and protective clothes are provided while handling the toxic chemicals. The installation of all the equipment is as per guidelines of provision of Gujarat Factories Rule All the toxic chemicals are stored under adequate safe condition. The storage of corrosive and toxic chemicals are segregated from each other. The piping is examined thoroughly every year for finding out any defects; and a defect is removed forthwith. The record of such examination is maintained. Smoking is prohibited inside the factory. Train employees are employed for handling of toxic and corrosive chemicals. All pipe joints are provided with heavy duty champion gaskets to prevent any leakage. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.7
180 Self breathing apparatus are provided and workers are trained about their use also. Dyke wall is provided to area where hazardous chemicals are stored. Spare barrels of sufficient quantity are kept ready for any emergency spillage or leakage. Drum trolley is used for the movement of drums of hazardous chemicals. Liquid chemicals are transferred by mechanical seal pump through closed pipeline. 8.4 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY PROGRAM The main effects of chemicals especially VOCs are anticipated in proposed expansion. No other source of adverse effects on occupation health & safety is likely to occur. However, MSDS of hazardous chemicals are made available with the management as well as concern personnel working with the materials or area likely to be affected by the materials. Following are the key safety measure which has already been taken and will be updated timely; Provision of drinking water supply for the employees as per standard of the drinking water as per WHO guidelines. Availability of proper sanitary facilities for the employees so that they do not suffer from any health ailments. Provision of all necessary equipment like portable detector, online detectors and other laboratory equipments as mentioned above for regular monitoring of workplace air and other conditions (VOC, Temperature, Humidity and Light Intensity etc.). Provision of suitable personal protective equipment like safety gloves, helmets, safety belts, as described below in Table 8.2 to personnel in the plant and compulsory use of these PPEs for all workers. Table 8.2: Details of Personal Protective Equipments Item Nos. Safety Helmet 83 Safety Goggles 50 Safety Shoes 70 Rubber Gloves 04 Eye Wash Fountain 02 Gum Boots 02 Nose Mask 30 Safety Belt 04 Organic Vapor Mask 03 Self Contained Breathing Apparatus 01 Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.8
181 Provision of ear muffs/ ear plugs to the workers exposed to higher noise level. Provision of first AID boxes (Containing Tincture iodine, Eye Drops, Burnol, Soframycin (ointment), Sterilized cotton wool, Band-aid, Antiseptic Solution (Sevlon), Bandage, Rose Water, etc) at various places in the premises. Organize training program for information on accident prevention, proper control and maintenance of equipment, first aid training and safe material handling practices. Availability of MSDS and antidotes of the chemical used at the place of use. Installation of fire hydrant system and fire extinguishers at required places. Regular monitoring of work area to measure airborne contamination and to control fugutue emissins. Protection of storage area with Dyke wall. Provision of adequate ventilation in process area so that airborne contamination does not exceed threshold limit value. Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical exposure at frequent intervals. Provision of proximity suits and self-breathing apparatus. Display various instruction boards, cautionary notices etc. at different locations. As described in Chapter-6, unit has already made necessary tie-up with nearby hospital for the medical assistance in case of any emergency. Medical officers are appointed for the periodical health check-up of the employees. Periodical health check-up reports of all the employees are being maintained and the reports of two employees are given in Annexure-13 for reference. In addition to the above, unit will maintain health records in Form 33 as per the factory act as well as in format attached as Annexure-14. In addition to the above, unit has allocated Rs. 2 Lacs for various purposes like purchase of personal protective equipments, medical facilities, hire of ambulance etc. to ensure the occupation health and safety of company employees, contract & sub-contract workers. 8.5 RISK ASSESSMENT STUDY Chemical process industries have undergone tremendous changes during last five decades. Process conditions such as pressure & temperature have become severe; concentration of stored energy has increased. The scale of possible fire, explosion, toxic release, body injuries and occupational diseases has grown considerably. These Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.9
182 factors have greatly increased the risk for major industrial disasters, involving loss of human lives, plant & property and environmental degradation. Identification analysis and assessment of hazard and risk are very useful in providing information to risk management. It provides basis for what should be the type and capacity of its on-site and off-site emergency plan also what types of safety measures are required. Risk and consequence analysis is carried out considering storage and handling of various hazardous raw materials, intermediates and products as well as manufacturing process. The objectives considered for Risk Assessment study are as follows; To assess the risk involved in transporting, storing & processing raw material up to final product. To define Emergencies including risk & Environment impact assessment. To evaluate the risk and to get the complete view of the available facilities. To take appropriate action to control the incidents. To safe guard employees and people in vicinity. To minimize damage to property and neighboring environment. To inform the employees, general public & Government authority aboutvarious type of hazards, assessed risk, safe guards provided, residual riskif any, and role to be played by them in the event of emergency. To inform Police, fire brigade, District authority and statutory authority for providing help during emergency. To work out a plan with all provisions to handle emergencies and to provide training to employees through mock rehearsals. To rescue and give treatment to the casualties and to count the number of injured persons Identification of High Risk Areas It is observed that the storage areas pose fire/explosion hazards which may lead to major accident event. In the process areas it is observed that inventories of chemicals are very low & so there are not deemed to pose major off-site hazards. Thus, the quantitative risk assessment studies are limited to unit and some extent in vicinity. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.10
183 8.5.2 Modes of Failure Storages system can fail in different ways depending on the materials stored, storage conditions & may involve systems in their vicinity. Conditions such as over filling, over pressure, missile, lightening or bomb attack, earthquake & resultant replier or release scenarios have been identified. Outcomes of such incidents are determined by presence of ignition either immediate or delayed. As can be seen depending upon modes of failure different scenarios are possible viz: 1. Continuous release 2. Instantaneous release This may be of gas / liquid depending upon type of material stored/released & its characteristics. More examples, a liquid boiling at ambient conditions, will immediately be converted to gas upon exposure to atmosphere. An instantaneous release is any release occurring for a period less than 15 seconds. Failure mode responsible for instantaneous releases may be catastrophic failure of chemical storage tank / drum. For an instantaneous gas release important parameters are release height & quantity released whereas for instantaneous liquid release, important parameters are amount spilled, spill area & pool temperature, evaporation rate, vapour mass etc. Continuous release occurs when the material is released over a period greater than 15 seconds. For a continuous gas release, important parameters include height of leak above ground, emission rate & total time of release. For continuous liquid release important parameters are spill rates, duration, area & pool temperature, evaporation rate and vapor mass or Gas mass Maximum Credible Accident Analysis and Its Mitigation Measures A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterized as the worst credible accident. In other words: an accident in an activity, resulting in the maximum consequence distance that is still believed to be possible. A MCA-analysis does not include a quantification of the probability of occurrence of the accident. Another aspect, in which the pessimistic approach of MCA studies appears, is the atmospheric condition that is used for dispersion calculations. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.11
184 The Maximum Credible Loss (MCL) scenarios have been developed for the Facility. The MCL cases considered, attempt to include the worst Credible incidents-what constitutes a credible incident is always subjective. Nevertheless, guidelines have evolved over the years and based on basic engineering judgment, the cases have been found to be credible and modeling for assessing vulnerability zones is prepared accordingly. The objective of the study is Emergency planning, hence only holistic & conservative assumptions are used for obvious reasons. Hence, though the outcomes may look pessimistic, the planning for emergency concept should be borne in mind whilst interpreting the results. In Consequence analysis, geographical location of the source of potential release plays an important role. Consideration of a large number of scenarios in the same geographical location serves little purpose if the dominant scenario has been identified and duly considered. The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios by ALOHA (version ) of EPA.The details of software used for MCA analysis are described below. A computer based version ALOHA is used to calculate toxic and explosive effect of the accidental release of liquid chemicals within the plant area. ALOHA (Areal Locations of Hazardous Atmosphere) is a computer program designed especially for use by people responding to chemical release as well as for emergency planning and training. ALOHA was jointly developed by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) and the Environment Protection Agency (EPA). The mathematical model is based on the Emergency Response Planning Guidelines (ERPGs) which gives Toxic Levels of Concern (LOCs) to predict the area where a toxic liquid concentration might be high enough to harm people. ALOHA models key hazards-toxicity, flammability, thermal radiation (Heat), and over pressure (expansion blast force)-related to chemical releases that result in toxic gas dispersion, fire and/or explosion. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.12
185 8.5.4 Consequences Analysis From the raw materials Styrene Monomer and Xylene have been taken for the consequences analysis considering their hazardous nature. Storage condition and threshold value of these chemicals are mentioned in the Table 8.3 & 8.4. Other properties are given in Table 8.1. Table 8.3: Storage details of Hazardous Chemicals Sr. No. 1 Hazardous chemicals Styrene Monomer Physical form Clear Viscous Liquid Type of storage Size of Storage Unit Qty. of Storage Unit Maximum Storage Capacity Storage Pressure Kg/cm 2 Storage Temp. ºC Tank 250 KL KL ATM At RT 2 Xylene Liquid Drum 200 Kg MT ATM At RT Table 8.4: Threshold values of the Hazardous Chemicals Sr. No. Chemicals Threshold Value (ppm) ERPG-1 / TEEL-1 ERPG-2 / TEEL-2 ERPG-3 / TEEL-3 1. Styrene Monomer Xylene ERPG: Emergency Response Planning Guidelines (For Styrene Monomer) TEEL: Temporary Emergency Exposure Limits (For Xylene) Definitions & Explanation of Terms Used ERPG-1 : Emergency Response Planning Guidelines (ERPG) The maximum concentration in air below which it is believed nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to one hour without experiencing other than mild transient adverse health effects or perceiving a clearly defined objectionable odor. ERPG-2 : The maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing irreversible or other serious health effects or symptoms which could impair an individual's ability to take protective action. ERPG-3 : The maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing lifethreatening health effects. TEEL-1 : Temporary Emergency Exposure Limits (TEEL). TEELs are intended for use until AEGLs or ERPGs are adopted for chemicals. TEEL-1 is the airborne concentration (expressed as ppm [parts per million] or mg/m 3 [milligrams per cubic meter]) of a substance above which it is predicted that the general population, including susceptible individuals, when exposed for more than one hour, could experience notable discomfort, irritation, or certain asymptomatic, nonsensory effects. However, these effects are not disabling and are Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.13
186 transient and reversible upon cessation of exposure. TEEL-2 : TEEL-2 is the airborne concentration (expressed as ppm or mg/m 3 ) of a substance above which it is predicted that the general population, including susceptible individuals, when exposed for more than one hour, could experience irreversible or other serious, long-lasting, adverse health effects or an impaired ability to escape. TEEL-3 : TEEL-3 is the airborne concentration (expressed as ppm or mg/m 3 ) of a substance above which it is predicted that the general population, including susceptible individuals, when exposed for more than one hour, could experience life-threatening adverse health effects or death. AEGL-1 : Acute Exposure Guideline Levels (AEGL) The airborne concentration of a substance above which it is predicted that the general population, including susceptible individuals, could experience notable discomfort, irritation, or certain asymptomatic nonsensory effects. However, the effects are not disabling and are transient and reversible upon cessation of exposure. AEGL-2 : The airborne concentration of a substance above which it is predicted that the general population, including susceptible individuals, could experience irreversible or other serious, long-lasting adverse health effects or an impaired ability to escape. AEGL-3 : The airborne concentration of a substance above which it is predicted that the general population, including susceptible individuals, could experience lifethreatening health effects or death. IDLH : IDLH is an estimate of the maximum concentration in the air to which a healthy worker could be exposed without suffering permanent or escape-impairing health effects. LEL : LEL is the minimum concentration of fuel in the air needed for a fire or an explosion to occur if an ignition source is present. If the concentration is below the LEL, there is not enough fuel in the air to sustain a fire or an explosion -- it is too lean. UEL : UEL is the maximum concentration of fuel in the air that can sustain a fire or an explosion if an ignition source is present. If the concentration is above the UEL, there is not enough oxygen to sustain a fire or an explosion -- it is too rich (much like an engine that cannot start because it has been flooded with gasoline). STEL : The concentration to which workers can be exposed continuously for a short period of time without suffering from (1) Irritation (2) Chronic or Irreversible tissue damage (3) Narcosis of sufficient degree to increase injury, impair self-rescue or materially reduce work efficiency and provide that the daily TLV-TWA is not exceeded. TWA : The time-weighted average concentration for a normal 8-hour workday and a 40- hour workweek, to which nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day by day, without adverse effect. Source Strength : The source strength is either the rate the chemical enters the atmosphere or the burn rate, depending on the scenario. A chemical may escape very quickly (so that source strength is high), as when a pressurized container is ruptured, or more slowly over a longer period of time (so that source strength is low), as when a puddle evaporates. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.14
187 Threat zone : It represents the area within which the hazard level (toxicity, flammability, thermal radiation, or overpressure) is predicted to exceed the Level of Concern (LOC) at some time after a release begins. Evaporation Puddle Toxic Threat zone Flammable Threat zone Threat zone of thermal radiation from jetfire Threat at point : Choose Puddle from the Source submenu under the set up menu to model a liquid that has spilled and formed a puddle on the ground. ALOHA can model the puddle either as an evaporating puddle or, if the chemical is flammable, as a Pool Fire.Choose Puddle when a puddle has already formed on the ground and is not changing in area. If liquid is continuing to leak from a tank and spilling into a puddle (so that the puddle's area and volume are increasing) choose Tank from the Source submenu instead. Check the "Tank source" help topic to learn more about this option. : A Toxic Level of Concern (LOC) is a threshold concentration of an airborne pollutant, usually the concentration above which a hazard may exist. : A Flammable Level of Concern (LOC) is a threshold concentration of fuel in the air above which a flammable hazard may exist. Generally, this LOC will be some fraction of the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL). : The thermal radiation effects that people experience depend upon the length of time they are exposed to a specific thermal radiation level. Longer exposure durations, even at a lower thermal radiation level, can produce serious physiological effects. The threat zones displayed by ALOHA represent thermal radiation levels; the accompanying text indicates the effects on people who are exposed to those thermal radiation levels but are able to seek shelter within one minute. Below are some effects at specific thermal radiation levels and durations (on bare skin): 2 kw/(sq m) -- people will feel pain after 45 seconds and receive seconddegree burns after 3 minutes; 5 kw/(sq m) -- people will feel pain after 13 seconds and receive seconddegree burns after 40 seconds; and 10 kw/ (sq m) -- people will feel pain after 5 seconds and receive seconddegree burns after 14 seconds. : It represents the specific information about the hazards at point of interest (such as schools and hospitals) in and around the threat zones Possible Accident Scenario Different possible ways of occurrence of any accidents due to storage/usage of above hazardous chemicals are prescribed here below; Scenario-A: Release of chemical due to leakage and form evaporating puddle (Not burning) Scenario-B: Release of chemical due to leakage and form burning puddle (Pool fire) Scenario-C: Release of chemical due to catastrophic failure (BLEVE) Atmospheric conditions assumed at the time of accidents are mentioned in Table 8.5. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.15
188 Table 8.5: Atmospheric Conditions Assumed Particulars Details Wind (Max) 6.8 meter/second Ground Roughness Open Country Cloud Cover 1 tenth Air Temperature C Stability Class D Relative Humidity 43.97% 1) STYRENE MONOMER The possibilities of source strength considered at the time of accidents due to leackage of Styrene Monomer from hole of 0.5 inches diameter at bottom of tank are mentioned in Table 8.6. Table 8.6: Source Strength considered for Styrene Monomer Particulars Tank diameter Tank height Value 6.5 m 7.6 m Tank volume 250 m 3 Opening diameter Opening from tank bottom 0.5 inches 0 m Internal temperature ºC Scenario-1A: Release of Styrene due to leakage from tank and form evaporating puddle (Not burning) a) Source Strength In case of Styrene escape from tank by a hole of 0.5 inch, then maximum average sustained release rate will be 5.1 kg/min and hence approx. 178 Kg of Styrene will be released in about 1 hour. Isopleths results are given in Figure 8.1. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.16
189 Figure 8.1: Source Strength in case of Styrene escape b) Threat Zone Toxic Threat Zone Model output of Toxic threat zone for Styrene release is given in Table 8.7. Threat zone was not drawn because effects of near-field patchiness make dispersion predictions less reliable for short distances. Table 8.7: Threat zone of toxic liquid concentration Threat Zone Concentration, ppm Threat Zone, m Horizontal Direction Red 1000 (ERPG-3) 10 Orange 250 (ERPG-2) 13 Yellow 50 (ERPG-1) 32 Vertical Direction Flammable Threat Zone: Model output of the flammable threat zone for chemical release is given in Table 8.8. Table 8.8: Flammable area of vapor cloud Threat Zone Concentration, ppm Threat Zone Horizontal Direction Red 6,600 (60 % LEL) 10 m Yellow 1,100 (10 % LEL) < 10 m Vertical Direction Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.17
190 Isopleths result of flammable threat zone showing area of vapor cloud at LEL value was not drawn because effect of near field patchiness make dispersion prediction less reliable for short distance. c) Threat at Point In case of leakage of Styrene from tank, the significant effects will be upto 32 meter in case of toxic threat zone with concentration of 50 ppm. Effect has been worked out at a point in downwind direction within the premises at about 500 meters distance from the source. Maximum concentration of styrene estimated at described point is 1.02 ppm at outdoor and ppm in indoor and Isopleths for the same is shown in Figure 8.2. Figure 8.2: Isopleths result of Toxic threat at a point for Styrene Monomer Scenario-1B: Release of Styrene Monomer due to leakage & form burning puddle (pool fire) a) Source Strength Styrene Monomer is below its flash point and is unlikely to catch on fire. However, considering worst case, model has been run for such case. When styrene monomer Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.18
191 escaped from tank and forms a burning puddle, maximum burn rate in this case will be 28.6 kg/min considering maximum attentive time of 60 min. Moreover, puddle will be spread to a diameter of 2.9 m. Isopleths results are given in Figure 8.3. Figure 8.3: Source Strength in case of Styrene Monomer escapes (pool fire) b) Threat zone of thermal radiation from pool fire Model output of the threat zone of thermal radiation from pool fire is given in Table 8.9. Isopleths results are given in Figure 8.4. Table 8.9: Threat zone of thermal radiation from pool fire Threat Thermal Radiation from fire ball, kw/m 2 Threat Zone Zone Radial Distance Red 10 (Potentially lethal within 60 sec.) 11 m Orange 5 (2 nd degree burns within 60 sec) 14 m Yellow 2 (Pain within 60 sec) 18 m Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.19
192 Figure 8.4: Thermal radiation at a point in case of Styrene Monomer escapes (pool fire) c) Threat at point Effect has been worked out at a point in downwind direction within the premises at about 500 meters distance from the source and no significant radiation observed at selected point. Scenario-1C: Release of chemical due to catastrophic failure (BLEVE) a) Source Strength Styrene Monomer is below its flash point and is unlikely to catch on fire. However, considering worst case, model has been run for such case. When styrene monomer will be released from tank as a liquid and forms a fire ball, diameter of fire ball will be 354 m and burn duration will be 20 seconds. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.20
193 b) Threat Zone of thermal radiation Model output and Isopleths result of the threat zone of thermal radiation is given in Table 8.10 & Figure 8.5. Table 8.10: Threat zone of thermal radiation from BLEVE Threat Thermal Radiation from fire ball, kw/m 2 Threat Zone Radial Zone Distance Red 10 (Potentially lethal within 60 sec.) 733 m Orange 5 (2 nd degree burns within 60 sec) 1000 m Yellow 2 (Pain within 60 sec) 1600 m Figure 8.5: Isopleths result of threat zone of thermal radiation from BLEVE Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.21
194 c) Threat at point Effect has been worked out at a point in downwind direction within the premises at about 500 meters distance from the source. The maximum thermal radiation estimated at point will be 20.5 kw/m 2. Persons working in the area upto 500 m distance from the source will get potentially lethal within 60 seconds. 2) XYLENE The possibilities of source strength considered at the time of accidents due to Xylene are mentioned in Table Table 8.11: Source Strength considered for Xylene Particulars Value Drum Diameter 0.65 m Drum Height 0.7 m Drum volume 0.23 m 3 InternalTemperature C Chemical Mass in cylinder 200 Kg Scenario A & B Circular Opening Diameter 0.5 inches Opening from Drum bottom 0 m Ground Type Concrete Scenario C Percentage of Tank Mass in Fireball 100% Scenario-2A: Release of Xylene due to leakage and form evaporating puddle (Not burning) a) Source Strength When Xylene will escapes from drum and formed an evaporating puddle, Maximum average sustained release rate in this case will be 987 gms/min considering maximum attentive time of 1 min or more and puddle spread to a diameter of 7.3 m. Isopleths results are given in Figure 8.6. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.22
195 Figure 8.6: Source Strength in case of Xylene escapes b) Threat Zone Toxic threat zone Model output of the Toxic threat zone and isopleths for chemical release are given in Table Isopleths result was not drawn because effect of near field patchiness make dispersion prediction less reliable for short distance. Table 8.12: Toxic Threat zone Threat Zone Concentration (ppm) Threat Zone Horizontal Direction Vertical Direction Red 900 (TEEL-3) < 10 m Orange 200 (TEEL-2) < 10 m Yellow 150 (TEEL-1) < 10 m Flammable threat zone: Model output of the flammable threat zone for chemical release is given in Table Isopleths result was not drawn because effect of near field patchiness make dispersion prediction less reliable for short distance. Table 8.13: Flammable area of vapor cloud Threat Concentration, Threat Zone Zone ppm Horizontal Direction Vertical Direction Red 6,600 (60 % LEL) < 10 m Yellow 1,100 (10 % LEL) < 10 m Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.23
196 c) Threat at point In case of leakage of Xylene, the significant effects will be within 10 m in case of toxic threat zone with concentration of 1,100 ppm. Effect has been worked out at a point in downwind direction at 500 m within the premises from the source. Maximum concentration of Xylene estimated at described point is ppm at outdoor and ppm in indoor and Isopleths for the same is shown in Figure 8.7. Figure 8.7: Isopleths result of Toxic threat at a point for Xylene Scenario-2B: Release of Xylene due to leakage and form burning puddle (pool fire) a) Source Strength When Xylene will escape from drum and forms a burning puddle, maximum burn rate in this case will be 6.14 kg/min considering maximum attentive time of 33 seconds. Puddle spread to a diameter of 1.3 m. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.24
197 Figure 8.8: Source Strength in case of Xylene escapes (pool fire) b) Threat zone of thermal radiation from pool fire Model output of the threat zone of thermal radiation from pool fire is given in Table Isopleths result was not drawn because effect of near field patchiness make dispersion prediction less reliable for short distance. Table 8.14: Threat zone of thermal radiation from pool fire Threat Thermal Radiation from fire ball, kw/m 2 Threat Zone Zone Radial Distance Red 10 (Potentially lethal within 60 sec.) < 10 m Orange 5 (2 nd degree burns within 60 sec) < 10 m Yellow 2 (Pain within 60 sec) < 10 m c) Threat at point Effect has been worked out at a point in downwind direction at about 500 m distance from the source within the premises and no significant concentration or effect observed at given distance. Scenario-2C: Release of chemical due to catastrophic failure (BLEVE) a) Source Strength When Xylene will escape from drum and forms a fire ball, diameter of fire ball will be 34 m and burn duration will be 3 seconds. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.25
198 b) Threat Zone of thermal radiation Model output and Isopleths result of the threat zone of thermal radiation is given in Table 8.15 & Figure 8.9. Table 8.15: Threat zone of thermal radiation from BLEVE Threat Thermal Radiation from fire ball, kw/m 2 Threat Zone Radial Zone Distance Red 10 (Potentially lethal within 60 sec.) 78 m Orange 5 (2 nd degree burns within 60 sec) 111 m Yellow 2 (Pain within 60 sec) 173 m Figure 8.9: Isopleths result of threat zone of thermal radiation from BLEVE c) Threat at point Effect has been worked out at a point in downwind direction at about 500 m distance rom the source within the premises. The maximum thermal radiation estimated at point will be 0.22 kw/m 2. No significant effect observed at such low concentration at given distance. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.26
199 8.6 RISK MITIGATIVE MEASURES Unit has already taken all the risk mitigative measures in the existing plant. Photographs showing safety management in existing plant are given in Annexure- 15(e). However, following measures are recommended for the proposed expansion. Layout and location of hazardous chemical storage should be based on natural and mechanical ventilation. For any case of fire emergency, standard type of Fire extinguishers should be provided in the storage area as well as required places in the plant. Regular inspection of all tanks/ drums of hazardous chemicals should be carried out before it is taken to the storage area and damaged drums should be separated and disposed to avoid the possibility of catastrophic rupture. All equipments related to hazardous chemical storage should be maintained and calibrated regularly. A trained person should be deployed for handling operation. First-aid facility and first-aid trained person should be available at the time of handling operation. The adequate and suitable personnel protective equipments should be provided to the operating workers. SOP for handling should be displayed in local language for safe operating procedure Fire Fighting System Adequate system is provided by the unit for fire fighting as described below; Sufficient numbers of Fire extinguishers are installed in all plants and storage area as given below in Table An above ground Fire Hydrant System as described below has been installed in the plant with rings around all blocks to achieve maximum coverage. o Water reservoir m 3 o Type of Hazard- Chemical, Ordinary Hazard o Total no. of Fire Hydrant including landing Values, Water monitor-28 Nos. o Diesel operated pump of 273 m 3 /hr capacity o No. of Hose Boxes-20 nos. o No. of Hoses- 30 reels Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.27
200 o No. of Nozzles - 21 Separate Water storage tank is provided for fire water as well as process water requirement. D.G. Sets is provided for emergency power. Mock drill & training is conducted at scheduled intervals. Fire fighting team members and rescue squad members as listed in Table 8.17 are available at any time in the premises. In addition to this, in case of any emergency help will be taken from the following companies. Name of Company Contact Person Contact number Ratnamani Metal & Tubes Ltd. Mr.Haribandhav Barik Met Trade India Ltd. Mr.Kundan Suman Renaissance Corporation Ltd. Mr.Kuldeep Gautam Table 8.16: Details of Fire Extinguishers Sr. No. Area Location Type Capacity 1 Main Gate Security Office DCP 10 Kg 2 Admin Office Admin Office ABC 2 Kg 3 Admin Office Commercial Dept. ABC 2 Kg 4 Pump House Pump House DCP 5 Kg 5 Q/C Dept Lab Room DCP 10 Kg 6 Canteen Near Kitchen DCP 10 Kg 7 Styrene Tank Farm Front side of tank-1 M.Foam 45 liter 8 Styrene Tank Farm Front side of tank-1 M.Foam 45 liter 9 Styrene Tank Farm Front side of tank-2 M.Foam 45 liter 10 Styrene Tank Farm Front side of tank-2 M.Foam 45 liter Store/Ware House 11 Load Out Front side of load out M.Foam 45 liter 12 Load Out Near Load out gate DCP 10 Kg 13 Entarnce-1 Front side of Entrance-1 DCP 10 Kg 14 Entrance-1 Front side of Entrance-1 DCP 10 Kg 15 Store Office In Store office DCP 5 Kg 16 Store Office Near Store office M.Foam 45 liter 17 Entrance-2 Front side of Entrance-2 DCP 10 Kg 18 Entrance-2 Front side of Entrance-2 DCP 10 Kg 19 Exist Near Exist DCP 10 Kg 20 Exist Near Exist DCP 10 Kg 21 Raw material storage Malice Stock DCP 5 Kg 22 Raw material storage Malice Stock DCP 5 Kg 23 Raw material storage Monomer Stock DCP 10 Kg Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.28
201 Sr. No. Area Location Type Capacity Utility 24 MCC Room Near MCC Room entrance Co2 4.5 Kg 25 Utility Near motor Co Kg 26 DG House DG House DCP 5 Kg 27 Transformer Near Transformer gate Co2 4.5 Kg 28 Glycol tank Near Glycol tank M.Foam 45 liter New Utility 29 Entrance Near welding/cutting area DCP 10 Kg 30 New Boiler Near Boiler DCP 5 Kg 31 MCC Room Front side of MCC Room gate Co2 6.5 Kg Process Plant 32 Ground floor Near front Entrance gate M.Foam 9 liter 33 Ground floor Near front Entrance gate M.Foam 9 liter 34 Ground floor Near Stair case DCP 10 Kg 35 Ground floor Near Stair case DCP 10 Kg 36 Ground floor Front side of Hoist-2 DCP 10 Kg 37 Ground floor Near Holding tank-1 DCP 10 Kg 38 Ground floor Near Holding tank-2 DCP 10 Kg 39 1 st Floor Near Stair case DCP 5 Kg 40 1 st Floor Near Hoist-2 DCP 5 Kg 41 1 st Floor Near Blender-5 DCP 5 Kg 42 1 st Floor Near Hoist-1 DCP 5 Kg 43 1 st Floor Near Stair case DCP 10 Kg 44 2 nd Floor Near Stair case DCP 5 Kg 45 2 nd Floor Near Hoist-2 DCP 5 Kg 46 2 nd Floor Near Reactor-5 DCP 5 Kg 47 2 nd Floor Near Hoist-1 DCP 5 Kg 48 2 nd Floor Near Stair case DCP 10 Kg Total Fire Extinguisher: Sr. No Types of Extinguisher Total Nos. 1 DCP 33 2 CO Foam 09 4 ABC 02 5 Sand Buckets Stand 06 Table 8.17: List of Fire Fighting & Rescue Squad Members Fire Fighting Squad Mr. Digvijay Narayan Mr. Sankar Samant Mr. Surendra Verma Mr. Sunil Kumar Sharma First Aider (Rescue Squad) Mr. Sanjay Dhabi Mr. Praveen Chavda Mr. G.C.Yadav Mr. Dharmaraj Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.29
202 Mr. Pratap Swain Mr. Sankarsen Nahka Mr. Rajendra Yadav Mr. Nawal Matoliya Mr. Shishram Rar Mr. Avinash Tomar Mr. Amit Shukla Mr. Vishal Kumar Mr. Praveen Kumar Ved Mr. Motibhai Patel Emergency Management Emergency Planning Emergency siren and wind sock is installed. On Site emergency Plan is prepared. Tele communication system and mobile phone is used in case of emergency situations for communication. First Aid Boxes and First Aid Centre are made at site. Safety Practices in the Work Area Unit provides information to all employees about the potential hazards of contact with chemicals and trains them in appropriate first-aid procedures. Chemical handling areas are clearly marked and restricted to qualified, trained personnel only. Emergency Procedures In case of emergenciesfirst aid and emergency response procedures are adopted Transportation Emergencies In emergency situations resulting from vehicle accidents: Notify the local police, fire departments, emergency responders and the carrier. Isolate the area. Any person not dressed in proper protective clothing and not using a NIOSH approved self-contained breathing apparatus should be kept a safe distance away. Call to the supplier. Seek immediate medical assistance for those injured and follow recommended first aid procedures. Leaking Containers When handling a leaking bottle personal protective clothing, goggles and NIOSH Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.30
203 approved self contained breathing equipment must be worn. Clear contaminated area of non-essential personnel and send them to assembly point. There should be provision of proper ventilation. Scrub the floors and equipment with soap and water. First Aid Procedure For skin contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothing and shoes. To avoid the risk of static discharges and gas ignition, soak contaminated clothing thoroughly with water before removing it. Wash clothing before reuse. Clean shoes thoroughly before reuse. Get medical attention immediately. In all cases of injury, obtain immediate medical attention. Provide emergency personnel with information about all materials used by the person 8.7 ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN As emergency is said to have risen when operators in the plant are not able to cope with a potential hazardous situation i.e. loss of an incident causes the plant to go beyond its normal operating conditions, thus creating danger. When such an emergency evolves, chain of events which affect the normal working within the factory area and / or which may cause injuries, loss of life, substantial damage to property and environment both inside and around the factory takes place and a DISASTER is said to have occurred. Various steps involved in Disaster Management Plan can be summarized as follows: 1. Minimize risk occurrence (Prevention) 2. Rapid Control (emergency response) 3. Effectively rehabitate damaged areas (Restoration) Disaster Management Plan is evolved by careful scrutiny and interlinking of a. Types and causes of disaster b. Technical know-how c. Resource availability Types of Disaster: a. Due to Fire and Explosion b. Due to Vapour Cloud Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.31
204 c. Due to Toxic Gas Release from: i. Within the Unit ii. External Sources d. Hurricane, Flood, Cyclone and other Natural Calamities This plan is developed to make best possible use of resources to: Reduce possibilities of accident. Contain the incident and control it with minimum damage. Safeguard others Rescue the victims and treat them suitable. Identify the persons affected/ dead. Inform relatives of the causalities. Provide authorative information to the news media. Preserve relevant records and equipment needed as evidence incase of any inquiry. Rehabilitate the affected areas. The primary purpose of the on-site emergency plan is to control and contain the incident and so as to prevent from spreading to nearby plant. It is not possible to cover every eventuality in the plan and the successful handling of the emergency will depend on appropriate action and decisions being taken on the spot. Onsite emergency plan prepared by the unit is described hereunder; Emergency Control Centre For the purpose of handling emergency, the following Emergency Control Centres has been identified. During normal working hours - The Administrative Office During other times - The Security Office All communications to and from will originate at this control centre. The Emergency Control Center will have the following; a. List of important telephone numbers such as Police, Fire Brigade, Hospitals, and other outside Emergency Services, etc. as given below; Services Description/Place Contact. No Police Anjar Fire Brigade Gandhidham , Hospital Govt.Dispensary Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.32
205 Ram Baugh Jivatram mangatrai St.Joseph Ambulance Gandhidham Co. Doctor Divine life, Adipur b. List of key Personnel with addresses and telephone numbers. Name Contact numbers Mr.D.R.Karwasra Mr.S.T.Pillai Mr.Pradeep Garnayak Mr.Harshvardhan Sharma Mr.Amit Shukla Mr.Surendra Verma Mr.Digvijay Narayan Mr.Sankar Samanta c. List of Fire and Rescue Squad Members d. Plant layout indicating storage of hazardous materials e. Details of Fire Extinguishers and Fire Hydrant System f. List of Personal Protective Equipment g. Details of First Aid box h. Details of Mutual Aid Scheme Members Assembly Points In case of an EMERGENCY the employees should assemble near the defined Assembly Points, as indicated below: Near parking area (Between Accounts office and Canteen) Near RCL gate. Wind direction to be determined by the wind socks installed on top of the utility-1 Building. The employees should run perpendicular to the wind direction and not against / along the wind direction Codification of Sirens Sr. No. Sirens Indicates Authority 1. 1 minute continous On site Emergency (alert) Incident controller second continous Emergency Controlled (all clear) Site controller Note: Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.33
206 Emergency siren to be sounded only if required All employees in areas other than affected to continue work unless emergency siren is blown. No emergency organization member will leave the emergency spot unless `All Clear siren blown. Emergency siren is tested on every Friday at 11:30 am Training and Education Experience with on site emergency planning has proved the need of training and rehearsal. Major emergency procedure should be laid down clearly and convincingly to everyone on site particularly Key Personnel and Essential workers. It is obvious that in house or outdoor training is essential. The duties and responsibilities of each person and the emergency procedure to be followed by him should be very clear. a. Seminar/refresher guidance On Site Emergency Plan. Seminar: Seminar is conducted in house. Awareness sessions shall be conducted to explain the plan to all associated concerned employees. b. Induction program: Safety officer shall explain onsite emergency plan to all new employees during induction program Mock Rehearsal Inform all the employees about mock drill. Fix the date for mock drill. Observers will not be involved in the exercise. They will monitor the Mock drill. Emergency Siren / alarm will be raised. After hearing the Siren / alarm, Emergency procedure will be followed as mentioned in the OEP. Observer will note down the activities with respect to the time Updating the Plan On Site Emergency Management plan will be reviewed annually or any significant incident or any change in regulation. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.34
207 8.7.7 Key Personnel & their Responsibilities a) Site Controller He will retain overall responsibility for the factory and its personnel. As soon as he is informed of the emergency he shall proceed to the control room and meet the P&A. Manager. His duties shall be: Assess the magnitude of the situation and decide if staff needs to be evacuated from their assembly points. Exercise direct operational control over areas other than those affected. Maintain a continuous review of possible development and assess in consultation with Incident Controller and other Key personnel as to whether shutting down of the plant or any section of the plant and evacuation of persons is required. Liaison with Senior Officials of Police, Fire Brigade, Directorate of Industrial Safety, provide advice on possible effects on areas outside the factory premises. Control rehabilitation of affected areas on discontinuation of emergency. Issue authorised statements to news media, and ensure that evidence is preserved for inquiries to be conducted by statutory authorities. b) Incident Controller On hearing of an emergency siren he will rush to the scene of the occurrence and take overall charge and report to Site Controller. On arrival he will assess the scale of emergency and decide if major emergency exists or is likely and inform the Communication Officer accordingly. Direct all operations within the affected areas with the priorities for safety of personnel minimise damage to the plant, property and minimise loss of materials. Pending arrival of Site Controller, assume the duties of his post and, in particular. Direct the shutting down and evacuation of plant and areas likely to be adversely affected by the emergency. Ensure that all Key personnel and outside help are called in. Provide advice and information to the Fire squad & Security Officer and the local fire service as and when they arrive. Ensure that all non-essential workers/staff of the areas affected are evacuated to the appropriate assembly points, and the areas are searched for casualties. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.35
208 In the event of failure of electric supply and internal telephones, set up communication point and establish contact with Emergency Control Centre. Report on all significant developments to the P & A manager. Have regard to the need for preservation of evidence so as to facilitate any inquiry into the causes and circumstances, which caused or escalated the emergency. c) Human Resources Manager He will also work as liaison Officer and will be stationed at the Main Entrance (Security Office near Main Gate) during the emergency. He will under the direction of the site Controller handle police, press and other inquiries, receive reports from roll-call leaders from assembly points and pass on the absentee information to the Incident Controller. His responsibilities shall include; To ensure that casualties receive adequate attention, to arrange additional help if required and information relatives. To control traffic movements into the factory and ensuring that alternative transport is available when need arises. When emergency is prolonged, arrange for the relief of personnel and organise refreshments / catering facility. From information received, advise the Site Controller of the situation, recommending (if necessary) evacuation of staff from assembly points. Recruit suitable staff to act as runners between the Incident Controller and himself if the telephone and other system of communication fails due to whatsoever reasons. Maintain prior agreed inventory in the control centre. In case of prolonged emergency involving risk to outside areas by wind-blown materials, contact local Meteorological Office to receive early notification of changes in weather conditions. d) Security Officer On hearing alarm advice fire squad and security staff in the factory of the incident zone and cancel the alarm. He will also announce through telephone or messengers to the HR Manager, Incident Controller and Site Controller that incident has occurred in such and such zone. He will open the gates nearest to the incident and stand by to direct the emergency service. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.36
209 On hearing the emergency alarm, he will immediately contact Site Controller and on his advice call the local fire brigade. In case fire is discovered but no alarm is sounding he shall receive information about location from the person discovering the fire and thereafter immediately consult the Site Incident Controller and make announcement on telephone telling the staff location of the incident and to evacuate to their assembly points. He will continue to operate the switchboard advising the calls connected with the incident to the Communications Officer. e) Departmental Head The Departmental head wherein the incident has taken place will report to Incident Controller and provide assistance as required. They will decide which members of their staff they require at the scene. f) First-aid Teams The Personnel Manager shall keep in security the roll call lists for the fire and first-aid teams on duty. Each Departmental Head for his shift-team appoints roll call leaders and first aiders. Roll call leaders shall check their rolls as members of the services report for emergency duty. Names of any unaccounted for absentees will be informed to the Security Officer. Members of first-aid Teams will report to the Incident Controller on hearing of the alarm in daytime. The Emergency vehicle driver, if safe to do so, shall collect the emergency vehicle and park nearest to the scene of the incident. First aider shall inform the incident controller that the Emergency Vehicle is leaving the site, giving the name of the patient and destination i.e. hospital or doctor s room and request the Incident Controller to inform the destination (hospital, etc.) advising them about the casualties reaching there. g) Factory Fire Squad Personnel The duty Fire fighting Squad under the command of the Security Officer shall be responsible for fire fighting and rescue. On hearing the alarm, they shall proceed to the place of incident. The men at security gate shall find out the location of the emergency and proceed to the site of the occurrence. At the incident scene, a team members detailed for this purpose will check squad members against roll-call sheet. At the site, all the squad members will respond to the advice and information given by the Incident Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.37
210 Controller On arrival of the local fire brigade, they will also assist in fire-fighting work with the advice of the Incident Controller Emergency Organization Chart Site controller Incident Controller Fire fighting Squad, First aid Squad, HR Department, Engineering, Security Department, EHS Department, Shift in charge Emergency Action Plan Any one noticing emergency situation like fire, explosion, toxic gas leakage etc. Must DO s Attract the nearby person/employee by shouting FIRE FIRE FIRE. Seek help from the persons working nearby. Try to control the incident at its initial stage with available means/sources quickly. Inform Shift In-charge / Duty Officer (In Night Shift) about the Incident. DON Ts Do not be panicky. Do not run Walk fast. Incident Controller Must DO s A. If Fire / Other Incidents Are Controllable Approach the emergency site immediately taking note of wind direction. Assess the situation. Inform Security Officer, Tell NAME, TYPE OF INCIDENT, ACTION TAKEN, HELP NEEDED and Order Security Officer/Guard to inform all KEY persons. Take lead in controlling emergency until such time concerned Section Manager takes over the charge. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.38
211 DON TS Do not be panicky. Do not lose temperament. B. If Fire/Othr Incidents Are Not Controllable In addition to above (A) Order to blow emergency `ALERT Siren (1 minute continuous). Organize Fire fighting / rescue team members to control the Incident. Take stock of situation if required shut down the plant / process in affected area. Call Fire Brigade if situation demands. Evacuate affected area. Organize head count of the plant. Act as INCIDENT CONTROLLER till such time senior person takes charges as indicated in Emergency organisation Note: 1) Messenger will wait until such time Security Officer arrives. 2) Also inform Telephone Operator. Security Officer / Guard Must DO s Do not allow any vehicle to come inside the factory. Do not entertain any outside call except for emergency purpose. Do not allow visitors to move around. Inform all key persons about location and type of emergency. Follow this sequence Inform concerned HOD/Section Head, Main Site Controller, Main Incident Controller & Safety Officer and other KEY persons. Inform Main Site Controller about Government visitors, if any. DON Ts Do not entertain any outside call except for emergency purpose. Do not allow visitor to move around, from reception. Security Guard Must Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.39
212 DO s Immediately report at Security Gate in shortest possible time. Follow instructions of Officer In-charge. Assist in controlling emergency. Assist in controlling contractors, vehicle movement and mob. Assist in cordoning off the area. Take note of wind direction while approaching emergency site. Render all possible help for controlling overall situation. DON Ts Do not leave the site unless asked to do so. Emergency Vehicle Driver DO s Immediately start vehicle and reach rescue squad assembly point (near security gate). Rescue squad members to emergency site. Take vehicle near to emergency site as directed. Take note of wind direction. Reverse the emergency vehicle for quick transports of injured, if any. Keep vehicle engine running. Always be on Driver s seat of the vehicle. Take the injured to the hospital as directed. DON Ts Do not leave the vehicle. Do not take the vehicle very near to the site. Site Controller DO s Will approach emergency site immediately / Assess the situation. Consult Incident Controller. Consult advising Committee Members. Instruct Main Incident Controller. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.40
213 Communicate to higher ups and Govt. authorities, if required. Decide upon need for evacuation and blow `Disaster Siren. After getting satisfied with the situation, give instruction to blow ALL CLEAR Siren. DON Ts Do not instruct to blow ALL CLEAR siren unless the situation is fully under control. Don t evacuate the entire plant unless the situation demands. Fire Fighting Squad on Hearing Siren DO s Inform fellow employees/officers. Report to Fire Squad Assembly point. Find out emergency location. Approach emergency site immediately. Take quick action as per the instructions from Incident controller. Bring emergency under control as early as possible. DON Ts Do not leave process/equipment in UNSAFE CONDITION. Do not leave emergency site unless ALL CLEAR siren blown. Do not use improper fire extinguisher. Do not be panicky. Rescue Squad DO s Report to assembly point near Gate. Get in touch with security about location and type of emergency. Approach emergency site quickly with Breathing Apparatus set and First Aid box. Get in touch with incident controller. Follow instructions of Incident controller. Render first aid to the injured, hospitalize, if required. Accompany him to hospital and assist Doctor / Nurse. Search for missing person in that area, if required. Help in head count. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.41
214 All general employees except those who are in emergency organization on hearing siren DO s Be alert and be available if required. Wait for further instructions. Bring down the process/plant/equipment in SAFE CONDITION in case of DISASTER siren as per instructions from Incident Controller. Approach respective safe assembling points route as taking note of wind direction. Help in taking roll call. After hearing ALL CLEAR, go back to the departments. Start the work again after setting instruction from Incident controller. DON Ts Do not be panicky. Do not run. Do not approach emergency site unless asked for. Do not engage telephone except for emergency purpose. Keep lines free. Technical Team: Engineering Department/ Environmnet, Safety and Health Department on Hearing Siren DO s Be available in Engineering Department at respective location for any help. Approach emergency site with required with tools and equipments and should work on instructions of Incident controller. Help Incident Controller to provide technical assistance. Isolate lines, process equipments, if required by Incident Controller. Provide emergency equipments like Fire Extinguisher, Hoses, etc., if asked by Incident Controller. Provide stopgap arrangements as per the requirement of Incident Controller. Carry out electrical isolation of area as per instructions from Incident Controller. Advisory Committee (All Department Heads) Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.42
215 DO s Approach emergency site as early as possible. Render advice to Main Incident Controller and Main Site Controller to control emergency. Communication Committee (HR & Commercial) DO s Consult Main Site Controller Give necessary instructions to security / Telephone Operator. Give instruction to Security to control traffic / crowd. Look after injured; communicate with the family members, if situation demands. Arrange transportation, if required. DON Ts Do not communicate to any one or brief press without permission of Main Site Controller. General Intructions DO S Stop work at height. / Stop all hot works. Stop all vessel entry. Take note of wind direction. On hearing Disaster Siren evacuates as per evacuation route without running and panicky and assembles at respective safe Assembly Points. DON Ts Do not use telephone except for emergency purpose. Do not start work at height, vessel entry, hot work unless permit conditions are verified. Do not allow unauthorized person to approach emergency site. Plant Emergency Evacuation Plan is enclosed as Figure Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.43
216 Figure 8.10: Plant Emergency Evacuation Plan Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.44
217 8.8 OFF SITE EMERGENCY PLAN The Off site emergency plan is made based on events, which could affect people and Environment out side the premises. The off site plan is largely a matter of ensuring the co-ordination of proposed services and their readiness as far as possible, for the specific hazards and problems, which may arise in as incident. Briefly two main purposes of the plan are as under: To provide the local district authorities, police, fire brigade, doctors etc. the basic information of risk and environmental impact assessment and to appraise them of the consequences and the protection / prevention measures and control plans and to seek their help to communicate with the public in case of major emergency. To assist the district authorities for preparing the off site emergency plan for the district or particular area. We have made our key personnel and other fully aware about this aspect. The function of the off site plans are as under: Structure of the off site emergency plan includes the following:- Organizational set up-incident controller /Site main controller, Key personnel, etc Communication facilities - List of important telephones Specialized emergency equipment - Fire fighting equipment Specialized Knowledge - Trained people Voluntary Organization - Details of organization Chemical information - MSDS of hazardous substances Meteorological information - Weather condition, Wind velocity etc Humanitarian arrangement - Transport, First aid, Ambulance Role of the factory management The on site and off site plans are come together so that the emergency services are call upon at the appropriate time and are provided with accurate information and a correct assessment of situation. Role of local authority Generally the duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authority. They may have appointed an emergency planning officer (EPO) to prepare whole range of different emergency within the local authority area. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.45
218 Role of fire authority The control of a fire is normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who would take over the handling of fire from the Incident Controller on arrival at the site. Role of police The overall control of an emergency is normally assumed by the police with a senior officer designated as emergency coordinating officer. Formal duties of the police during emergency include protection of life and property and controlling traffic movements. Role of health authorities Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances etc. have a vital role to play following a major accident and they should form an integral part of the emergency plan. Major off site incidents are likely to require medical equipments and facilities in addition to those available locally. Role of the mutual aid agencies Some types of mutual aids are available from the surrounding factories, as per need, as a part of the on site and off site emergency plan. The role of the factory inspectorate In the event of an accident, the factory inspector will assist the District Emergency Authority for information and help in getting mutual aid from surrounding factories. Unit maintains the records of details of emergency occur, corrective preventive measures taken and in future the same practice will be continue. Unit has displayed the details like list of assembly points, name of the persons involve in the safety team like site controller, incident controller etc. 8.9 EARTHQUAKE HISTORY & MANAGEMENT PLAN As per the earthquake sensitivity index, study area lies in Zone V, which is referred as Very High Damage Risk Zone (MSK > IX). Seismic zone map of Gujarat is given in Figure Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.46
219 Figure 8.11: Seismic Zone Map of Gujarat Source: Two damaging earthquakes are known to have struck the Kutch Peninsula during the last two centuries, namely, the 1819 earthquake that killed more than 2000 people and wiped out several centres of human settlements in the Rann and the more recent event in 1956 that killed 115 people and damaged a large part of the town of Anjar. The 26 January 2001 earthquake that occurred in Gujarat is the most disastrous earthquake in India s recent history. The earthquake occurred in Gujarat on 26 January 2001, India's 52nd Republic Day, at 08:46 AM local time and lasted for over two minutes. The epicentre was about 9 km south-southwest of the village of Chobari in Bhachau Taluka of Kutch Districtof Gujarat, India. This location is about 35 km away from the Project site in North-North-East direction. The earthquake reached a magnitude of between 7.6 and 7.7 on the moment magnitude scale and had a maximum felt intensity of X (Intense) on the Mercalli intensity scale. The quake killed around 20,000 people (including 18 in South eastern Pakistan), injured another 1,67,000 and destroyed nearly 400,000 homes. This Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.47
220 was an intraplate earthquake, one that occurred at a distance from an active plate boundary, so the area was not well prepared. The shock waves spread 700 km. 21 districts were affected and 600,000 people left homeless. Unit has prepared all the existing sturture considering the earthquake risk in the area and for proposed expansion all the structures will be earthquake resists. Training is given to all the employees about such natural disaster. General Management plan for earthquake is described hereunder; Do's & Dont's: Before an Earthquake Repair deep plaster cracks in ceilings and foundations. Get expert advice if there are signs of structural defects. Anchor overhead lighting fixtures to the ceiling. Follow BIS codes relevant to your area for building standards Fasten shelves securely to walls. Place large or heavy objects on lower shelves. Store breakable items such as bottled foods, glass, and china in low, closed cabinets with latches. Hang heavy items such as pictures and mirrors away from beds, settees, and anywhere that people sit. Brace overhead light and fan fixtures. Repair defective electrical wiring and leaky gas connections. These are potential fire risks. Secure water heaters, LPG cylinders etc., by strapping them to the walls or bolting to the floor. Store weed killers, pesticides, and flammable products securely in closed cabinets with latches and on bottom shelves. Identify safe places indoors and outdoors. o Under strong dining table, bed o Against an inside wall o Away from where glass could shatter around windows, mirrors, pictures, or where heavy bookcases or other heavy furniture could fall over o In the open, away from buildings, trees, telephone and electrical lines, flyovers and bridges Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.48
221 Know emergency telephone numbers (such as those of doctors, hospitals, the police, etc) Educate yourself and family members Have a disaster emergency kit ready Develop an emergency communication plan o In case family members are separated from one another during an earthquake (a real possibility during the day when adults are at work and children are at school), develop a plan for reuniting after the disaster. o Ask an out-of-state relative or friend to serve as the 'family contact' after the disaster; it is often easier to call long distance. Make sure everyone in the family knows the name, address, and phone number of the contact person. Help your community get ready o Publish a special section in your local newspaper with emergency information on earthquakes. Localize the information by printing the phone numbers of local emergency services offices and hospitals. o Conduct week-long series on locating hazards in the home. o Work with local emergency services and officials to prepare special reports for people with mobility impairment on what to do during an earthquake. o Provide tips on conducting earthquake drills in the home. o Interview representatives of the gas, electric, and water companies about shutting off utilities. o Work together in your community to apply your knowledge to building codes, retrofitting programmes, hazard hunts, and neighborhood and family emergency plans. During an Earthquake Stay as safe as possible during an earthquake. Be aware that some earthquakes are actually foreshocks and a larger earthquake might occur. Minimize your movements to a few steps that reach a nearby safe place and stay indoors until the shaking has stopped and you are sure exiting is safe. If indoors, DROP to the ground; take COVER by getting under a sturdy table or other piece of furniture; and HOLD ON until the shaking stops. If there is no a table or desk near Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.49
222 you, cover your face and head with your arms and crouch in an inside corner of the building. Protect yourself by staying under the lintel of an inner door, in the corner of a room, under a table or even under a bed. Stay away from glass, windows, outside doors and walls, and anything that could fall, (such as lighting fixtures or furniture). Stay in bed if you are there when the earthquake strikes. Hold on and protect your head with a pillow, unless you are under a heavy light fixture that could fall. In that case, move to the nearest safe place. Use a doorway for shelter only if it is in close proximity to you and if you know it is a strongly supported, load bearing doorway. Stay inside until the shaking stops and it is safe to go outside. Research has shown that most injuries occur when people inside buildings attempt to move to a different location inside the building or try to leave. Be aware that the electricity may go out or the sprinkler systems or fire alarms may turn on. If outdoors, Do not move from where you are. However, move away from buildings, trees, streetlights, and utility wires. If you are in open space, stay there until the shaking stops. The greatest danger exists directly outside buildings; at exits; and alongside exterior walls. Most earthquake-related casualties result from collapsing walls, flying glass, and falling objects. If in a moving vehicle, Stop as quickly as safety permits and stay in the vehicle. Avoid stopping near or under buildings, trees, overpasses, and utility wires. Proceed cautiously once the earthquake has stopped. Avoid roads, bridges, or ramps that might have been damaged by the earthquake. If trapped under debris, Do not light a match. Do not move about or kick up dust. Cover your mouth with a handkerchief or clothing. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.50
223 Tap on a pipe or wall so rescuers can locate you. Use a whistle if one is available. Shout only as a last resort. Shouting can cause you to inhale dangerous amounts of dust. After an Earthquake Keep calm, switch on the radio/tv and obey any instructions you hear on it. Keep away from beaches and low banks of rivers. Huge waves may sweep in. Be prepared to expect aftershocks. Turn off the water, gas and electricity. Do not smoke and do not light matches or use a cigarette lighter. Do not turn on switches. There may be gas leaks or short-circuits. Use a torch. If there is a fire, try to put it out. If you cannot, call the fire brigade. If people are seriously injured, do not move them unless they are in danger. Immediately clean up any inflammable products that may have spilled (alcohol, paint, etc). If you know that people have been buried, tell the rescue teams. Do not rush and do not worsen the situation of injured persons or your own situation. Avoid places where there are loose electric wires and do not touch any metal object in contact with them. Do not drink water from open containers without having examined it and filtered it through a sieve, a filter or an ordinary clean cloth. If your home is badly damaged, you will have to leave it. Collect water containers, food, and ordinary and special medicines (for persons with heart complaints, diabetes, etc.) Do not re-enter badly damaged buildings and do not go near damaged structures LANDSLIDE HAZARD MAP & MITIGATION PLAN Landslides are downward and outward movement of slope materials such as rock debris and earth, under the influence of gravity. A landslide hazard zonation map of India is given below as Figure Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.51
224 Figure 8.12: Landslide Hazard Zonation Map of India Source: Website of National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA), Government of India The above map shows the areas of different hazard zones in various states of India and from the same one may note that Himalayas of Northwest and Northeast India and the Western Ghats are two regions of high vulnerability and are landslide prone. Kutch district falls under the area having very low hazard due to landslide. However, general mitigation measures suggested by NDMA are given hereunder; Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.52
225 Do's & Dont's We can stop loss of life and prepare ourselves in the wake of landslides. The Government of India has made plans to identify the areas where landslides occur repeatedly. This is achieved through Landslide Hazard Zonation (LHZ) maps which show areas in different colours. Red, Yellow and Green signify as dangerous, caution and safe in Hilly regions of Coast, Himalayas and rough terrain. NDMA has published Guidelines on Landslides and Snow Avalanches as given on its website. Keep drains clean. Direct storm water away from slopes. Inspect drains for - litter, leaves, plastic bags, rubble etc. Keep the weep holes open. Don t let the water go waste or store above your house. Grow more trees that can hold the soil through roots, Identify areas of rock fall and subsidence of buildings, cracks that indicate landslides and move to safer areas. Even muddy river waters indicate landslides upstream. Notice such signals and contact the nearest District Head Quarters. Ensure that toe of slope is not cut, remains protected, don t uproot trees unless revegetation is planned. Recover and build Remain calm and be alert and awake, listen to warnings of heavy and prolonged period of rainfall from weather station, if your home is located below a debris covered area move away to safer place, listen to sounds of rock fall, moving debris and cracking of trees, or cracks in ground or any movement. Keep a battery operated ready for the night. Call and help rescue teams, keep drinking water containers, first aid kit and essential medicines and avoid entering damaged houses. Watch for flooding if close to river, help others who need help especially elderly people, children and women, seek advice from local authorities for rebuilding damaged houses, roads etc. Report any damage of roads, power and telephone lines to concerned authorities. Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.53
226 Emergency Kit Contents Battery operated torch, Extra batteries, Battery operated radio, First aid kit and manual, Emergency food (dry items) and water (packed and sealed), Candles and matches in a waterproof container, Knife, Chlorine tablets or powdered water purifiers, Can opener, Essential medicines, Cash, Aadhar Card and Ration Card, Thick ropes and cords, Sturdy shoes Chapter-8: Risk and Safety Management Page 8.54
227 CHAPTER 9 PROJECT BENEFITS
228 CHAPTER 9 PROJECT BENEFITS This chapter describes about benefits of the project on improvements in the physical infrastructure, social infrastructure, employment potential and other tangible benefits. 9.1 EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY There are 43 persons employed in the existing unit for the various job categories and after the proposed expansion about 67 persons are expected to be employed for the skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled category. The preference will be given to local population for employment in the semi-skilled and unskilled category; this will increase the employment opportunity in the surrounding area. Secondary jobs and indirect employment are also bound to be generated to provide day-to-day needs and services to the work force and industrial activity. This will also increase the demand for essential daily utilities in the local market. The employed people will be benefited financially. This financial gain will fulfill their monetary requirements, which in turn will increase their standard of living. 9.2 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) & SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT The unit is aware of the obligations towards the society and to fulfill the social obligations, unit will employ semi-skilled and skilled labor from the nearby villages for the proposed expansion as far as possible. Unit will also try to generate maximum indirect employment in the nearby villages by appointing local contractors during construction phase as well as during operation phase. Unit has contributed reasonably as part of their CSR and carried out various activities in nearby villages. Unit has spent about Rs. 1.5 Lac for such activities during last 2 to 3 years and major activities carried out by unit are described below; Table: 9.1 CSR Activities Carried Out by Unit Sr. No. Activity Amount, INR 1. Temple Renovation 15, Medicines for Villagers 5,000 Chapter-9: Project Benefits Page 9.1
229 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Sr. No. Activity Amount, INR 3. Gardening & maintenance of Gram Panchayat building 15, Renovation of main gate of Bhimasar Village 25, Donation for students fees 5, R.O. Plant in school 20, Notes Books for students 5, Materials, Pipes & Valves for water supply system 30, Prathna Hall in school 5, On 15 th August, Donation for Students welfare 25,000 The unit will earmark Rs. 75 Lac (5.04% of the project cost) towards the Enterprise Social Commitment, which will be utilized after the commissioning of the proposed expansion project in time bound manner. The various CSR activities identified and planned at present are described below; A. Education & Skill Development 1. Development of library in school and play-area in Anganwadi. 2. Award Scholarships/fellowships to deserving students to encourage education. 3. Provision of uniforms, books, stationery, necessary equipment etc to schools. 4. Promote Technical & professional education by giving financial assistance. 5. Promote computer literacy and technology assisted learning. 6. Reducing the drop out of students & absenteeism through counseling & other means. 7. Organize skill development program for sustainable income generation & livelihood for the community like training on scientific agricultural practices, tailoring, embroidery, etc. 8. Vocational training for Youth & Women. 9. Conducting awareness programs to reduce child labor in the villages 10. Promotion of adult education with focus on women s education B. Health 1. Health awareness campaigns on serious/chronic diseases. 2. Organize free medical check-up camp for the villagers Chapter-9: Project Benefits Page 9.2
230 3. Providing nutritional supplements to lactating mothers, children, adolescent girls and pregnant women. 4. Providing support for the development and maintenance of the health facilities 5. Offering specialized support services to the physically handicapped and mentally challenged people. 6. Promote awareness programmes against social evils such as addictions, AIDS etc. and to spread the awareness of legal rights & responsibilities. C. Water and Sanitation 1. Provision of safe drinking water in village schools 2. Cleaning of water storage tank in villages and school 3. Provision of dustbin at various places like school, panchayat offices, public place in villages etc. 4. Build water storage structures with the coordination of government. 5. Provision of sanitation facility in the villages by building common toilets 6. Participate in Cleanliness Camp/drive of state government. D. Infrastructure Development 1. Construction / repair of school buildings, health center, etc. and construction of separate toilets for boys & girls in school. 2. Promotion and development of water shed & rain water harvesting structure 3. Promotion and development of solar street light and solar system 4. Financial support and assistance for the development and maintenance of infrastructure facilities in the region like multispecialty hospital, fire station, training institute etc. E. Other Social Welfare Activities 1. Financial & infrastructure assistance during disaster & other crisis incidents 2. Participate & contribute in local religious and social programs 3. Plantation along the road side and development of garden/greenbelt on government barren land/common plots The fund allocated for Enterprise Social Commitment will be utilized within ten years in various areas and thus it has been planned to spend Rs. 7.5 Lakhs each year. The CSR plan with funding provisions is given in the following table Chapter-9: Project Benefits Page 9.3
231 [[ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Table: 9.2 CSR Plan towards Enterprise Social Commitment Fund Allocation (Rupees in Lakhs) Sr. No. Area of Work 1 st Year 2 nd Year 3 rd Year 4 th Year 5 th Year 6 th Year 7 th Year 8 th Year 9 th Year 10 th Year Total A. Education & Skill Development B. Health C. D. E. Water and Sanitation Infrastructure Development Other Social Welfare Activities Total The various activities narrated above are not the exhaustive but illustrative and fund allocated for various areas may also be diverted for other social activities depending up on timely requirements and circumstances. Moreover, unit is committed to continue various social activities in the nearby villages as part of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) till the operation of the project and will make provision of at least Rs. 2.5 Lacs every year. The unit will also comply with all the applicable legal provision made for the CSR like Companies Act The company also proposes to form committee under the supervision and guidance of the statutory authority and with the inclusion of village leader, local representatives, NGOs etc. to plan and monitor the CSR activities. 9.3 DIRECT REVENUE EARNING TO THE NATIONAL AND STATE EXCHEQUER Same as the existing project, the proposed expansion project will also contribute revenue to the Central & State exchequer in the form of excise duty, income tax, state sales tax or VAT, tax for interstate movement, corporate taxes etc. Indirect contribution to the Central & State exchequer will be there due to Income by way of registration of trucks, payment of road tax, income tax from individual as well as taxes from associated units. Thus, the proposed expansion project will help the Government by paying different taxes from time to time, which is a part of revenue and thus, will help in developing the area. Demand of the products in foreign market is also significant, which Chapter-9: Project Benefits Page 9.4
232 will boost the export potential of the company as well as country. Export oriented units plays vital role in development of economy as well as local physical infrastructure for further boosting of industrial development with sustainable approach as the industries need to maintain good environment & safety condition to get better foreign market. 9.4 INFRASTRUCTURAL BENEFIT Proposed expansion will be carried out within the existing premises. The existing site is equipped with sufficient infrastructural facilities including drinking water, toilets, sanitation facilities, power, easily accessible approach roads, public transport, communication, etc. Hence no major benefit to the public infrastructure is anticipated due to the proposed expansion. However, benefits due to CSR activities may be realized if any CSR activities would be related with such facilities. 9.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS The proposed expansion project will have many employment & trade opportunities with the inception of the construction activities. Thus, these considerable employment & trade opportunities will eventually result in appreciable economic benefits to the local people & businesses/contractors. At present the raw materials & finished goods are moved by truck & tankers which provides indirect employment to people engaged in this sector. With increase in capacity, unit s contribution to growth of service sector shall increase. The country shall also benefit from increase in excise and vat revenues. Foreign exchange earnings from exports are envisaged to increase. The CSR activities to be planned by the company can be considerably beneficial for the health, education, upliftment of poor people, welfare of women & labors, assistance to the disabled people etc. These all together with the economic benefits of the proposed project will result in further benefits in terms of the literacy level, primary and middle level education and on health facilities. A new awareness generated can also have benefits to the social pattern. The long-term implications of this change can be definitely considered as progressive. Chapter-9: Project Benefits Page 9.5
233 CHAPTER 10 PUBLIC CONSULTATION
234 CHAPTER 10 PUBLIC CONSULTATION Public Consultation refers to the process by which the concerns of local affected persons and others who have plausible stake in the environmental impacts of the project or activity are ascertained with a view to taking into account all the material concerns in the project or activity design as appropriate. The proposed expansion project for the manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Resins by M/s. Natural Petrochemicals Pvt. Ltd. is covered under Category-A of the EIA Notification 2006 and hence it is mandatory to conduct Public Hearing. The public hearing for the project was conducted as per the procedure prescribed in Appendix-IV of the EIA Notification [SO 1533 (E) dated 14/09/2006 and subsequent amendment SO 3067 (E) dated 01/12/2009], the details of the same is given below; Date & Time Venue Conducted by : 04/12/2014 at 11:30 hrs : Project Site, Survey no. 443, Village Bhimasar, Anjar - Bhimasar Road, Tal. Anjar, Dist. Kutch (Gujarat) : 1. Mr. D. A. Shah (GAS) - Resident Additional District Collector & Additional District Magistrate, Kutch As representative of District Collector and District Magistrate, Kutch 2. Mr. C. A. Shah - Regional Officer, GPCB, Bhuj As representatives of the Member Secretary, GPCB The crux of the public hearing showing issues / suggestions / objections / opinion rose by the participants and reply responded by the project proponent is summarized here below: Sr. No. Name & Address 1. Shri V. K. Humbal Ex. President, District Congress and Ex. Sarpanch, Bhimasar Village Panchayat, Vill. Bhimasar Tal. Anjar Dist. Kutch Points/ Issues represented There is no protest for the industry but there shall be no harm due to pollution or hazardous chemicals. Replies by Project Proponent / Other There will be no adverse effect due to use of chemicals in the industry. The wastewater generated from the industry will be disposed of by evaporation and no wastewater will be discharged outside. There will be no gaseous emission from the industry hence there will be no air pollution and multi-cyclone separator is installed to control the air pollution due to combustion of fuel. Chapter-10: Public Consultation Page 10.1
235 2. What will be done so that odour of the chemical will not increase in future due to expansion of capacity for resin manufacturing? 3. Activity & expenses carried out for environment should be noticeable. Plantation should be noticeable. 4. The people of nearby villages should get employment in the company. 5. Shri V. K. Humbal Ex. President, District Congress and Ex. Sarpanch, Bhimasar Village Panchayat, Vill. Bhimasar Tal. Anjar Dist. Kutch And Shri Ravjibhai Savjibai Maraj, Vill. Bhimasar, Tal. Anjar, Dist. Kutch 6. Shri V. K. Humbal Ex. President, District Congress and Ex. Sarpanch, Bhimasar Village Panchayat, Vill. Bhimasar Tal. Anjar Dist. Kutch And Shri Shambhu bhai Mata, Vill. Lakhapar, Ta. Anjar, Dist. Kutch, CSR is responsibility of the company. What is the provision for CSR? 43 workers are working at present and how many people will be employed form our area out of the additional 67 persons to be employed. There is no direct emission of gas in to atmosphere and normal odour is there. Since chemicals are used, unit will take precautionary measure for that. As per the rules of MoEF, 33% of the area has been allocated for the green belt development. At preset 350 tress have been planted and more new 5500 trees will be planted in the premises of the industry. Local people will be given preference for the employment. Unit has spent Rs. 1.5 Lakhs for the CSR activities during last 2 to 3 years and will spend Rs. 2.5 Lakhs every year after proposed expansion. As per new provision, Unit will make provision of 2 % of last three years average net profit for the CSR activities and consult leader of nearby villages for CSR Plan. Thus the nearby villages will be benefitted by social activities. Different works of Aanganwadi, Primary school, secondary school will be given priority in CSR activities. 43 workers are employed in the factory, out of that more than 80% workers are local from Gujarat and 13 persons are from nearby villages. Preference will be given to local people for employment during the new recruitment. The whole documents of Public Hearing Proceedings are reproduced as an attached Annexure-20. Chapter-10: Public Consultation Page 10.2
236 CHAPTER 11 PROJECT SUMMARY & CONCLUSION
237 CHAPTER 11 PROJECT SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS M/s. Natural Petrochemicals Pvt. Ltd. is an existing large scale unit involved in manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Resins viz. Unsaturated Polyester Resins and Alkyd Resins with the production capacity of 1,000 TPM & 200 TPM respectively. Now, unit intends to do expansion by increasing the production capacity of existing products within the same premises. Due to this proposed expansion, cumulative production capacity of both products will be increased from 1,200 TPM to 3,500 TPM. Hence, there will be an expansion of 2,300 TPM SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT a. Name of the Project : M/s. Natural Petrochemicals Pvt. Ltd. S No. 443, Village: Bhimasar, On Anjar-Bhimasar Road, Taluka: Anjar, District: Kutch, Gujarat. b. Details of Applicant : Sandeep Khandelwal (Director) [email protected]; [email protected] Web site : Landline No. : (02836) / Mobile No. : , , c. Status : d. Year of Commissioning : 2005 Existing Large Scale Unit; Proposed expansion in the manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Resins f. Type of Land & Status : g. Capital Investment of the : Project, Rs. in Crores h. Capital Investment for EMP, : Rs. in Lacs i. Recurring Cost for EMP, Rs. : in Lacs/Annum j. Employment Opportunity : k. Greenbelt Development : l. Water pollution control : 100% industrial land. No additional land will be required for the proposed expansion. Existing: 25.28; Proposed: 14.89; Total: Existing: 32; Proposed: 20; Total: Rs. 52 Existing: 11, Proposed: 7; Total: persons Existing: 8,500 sqmt; Proposed; 5,500 sqmt; Total: 14,000 sqmt (33.1% of total area) Existing 2.0 KLD industrial effluent from process, cooling and washing activity is taken into raw effluent collection tank cum equalization tank Chapter-11: Project Summary & Conclusions Page 11.1
238 and after proper equalization, it is completely evaporated by Thermic Fluid Evaporator (Capacity: 1000 L/hr) within the premises. Hence, the unit maintains Zero Effluent Discharge. After proposed expansion, total 5.0 KLD industrial effluents to be generated from the same sources and same as the current practice, effluent will be collected, equalized and completely evaporated by existing Thermic Fluid Evaporator. Hence, after proposed expansion also, unit will maintain Zero Effluent Discharge. Same as current practice, total 20 KLD domestic wastewater will be discharged to soak pit through septic tank. m. Flue gas emission control : Existing agro waste / fire wood based Thermic Fluid Heater will be used at its full capacity with additional fuel requirement after the proposed expansion. Provided APCM and stack height will be adequate after proposed expansion also. Unit has also two liquid fuel i.e. furnace oil based Thermic Fluid Heaters as stand-by source. Two D. G. Sets (380 & 250 KVA) has been provided as a stand-by to the main power source i.e. PGVCL. The same will be continued after the proposed expansion. n. Process gas emission : control o. Hazardous waste : management p. Annual Expenditure for : CSR activities q. Proposed Expenditure : In the existing unit, there will not be any process gas emissions from manufacturing activity and after proposed expansion also the scenario will remain same. All the hazardous waste will be collected, stored, handled, transported and disposed as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Transboundary Movement) Rules, 1989 as Amended in Unit is a member of TSDF of Saurashtra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd. Existing: Rs. 1.5 Lac; After proposed expansion: 2.5 Lac Rs. 75 Lacs (5.04% of the project cost) Chapter-11: Project Summary & Conclusions Page 11.2
239 towards Enterprise Social Commitment 11.2 CONCLUSIONS It can be concluded on a positive note that due to the adequate provision and efficient operation of existing environmental management systems and after the implementation of the proposed mitigation measures and environmental management plans, the project activities during the construction and operation phase would have manageable & largely have reversible impacts on the environment, and on balance the project would be beneficial to surrounding communities and the region. Chapter-11: Project Summary & Conclusions Page 11.3
240 CHAPTER 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT
241 CHAPTER 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT DECLARATION BY CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION DEVELOPING EIA REPORT Project Proponent : M/s. Natural Petrochemicals Pvt. Ltd. Project Site Type of Project Category Of Project As Per EIA Notification : S. No. 443, Village: Bhimasar Anjar - Bhimasar Road, Taluka: Anjar, District: Kutch, Gujarat : Proposed expansion in the manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Resins : 5(f)- A, Synthetic Organic Chemicals NABET Sector No. : 21 EIA Consultant Organization : Envisafe Environment Consultants Contact Information Status of accreditation with QCI/NABET : 3rd Floor, Akash Ganga Complex, B/s. Suvidha Shopping Centre, Nr. Parimal Underpass, Paldi, Ahmedabad Gujarat. Phone / Fax , , - [email protected] Website - : NABET letter dated 06-Feb-2013 and appeared at Sr. 58 (P.P 47 & 48) of List of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations (as on 05-May-2014) published by QCI/NABET. Laboratory engaged in the EIA Project: Laboratory Organization : Laboratory Department, Envisafe Environment Consultants Status of Laboratory : ISO/IEC 17025:2005 NABL Accredited Testing Laboratory vide certificate no. T-2227 dated 04/05/2012 Chapter-12: Disclosure of Consultant Page 12.1
242 Declaration by experts involved in preparation of report: Sr. No. Area Name of Expert/s Signature 1. EIA Coordinator Mr. Pushpin Shah 2. Air Pollution monitoring, prevention & Control 3. Meteorology, Air Quality Modelling & prediction 4. Solid & Hazardous Waste Management 5. Noise & Vibration 6. Water Pollution monitoring, prevention & control Mr. Pushpin Shah Ms. Heena Dhabai 7. Land Use Mr. Ankur Modi Hydrology, Ground Water & Water 8. conservation Mr. N. B. Kavalanekar 9. Geology 10. Socio-Economics Dr. Shital Tamakuwala 11. Ecology and Biodiversity Dr. H S Matharu 12. Risk & Hazard Management Mr. Ishwar S. These experts are working as associate experts Declaration by the head of the Accredited Consultant Organization I, Pushpin Shah, hereby confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA of Natural Petrochemicals Pvt. Ltd. I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement. Signature : Name Designation : Pushpin Shah : CEO/Proprietor Chapter-12: Disclosure of Consultant Page 12.2
243 Chapter-12: Disclosure of Consultant Page 12.3
244 List of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations as on 05-May-2014 Published by: QCI/NABET [Sr. 58, P.P 47 & 48] Source: Chapter-12: Disclosure of Consultant Page 12.4
245 Chapter-12: Disclosure of Consultant Page 12.5
246 COMPANY PROFILE Organization set-up Envisafe Environment Consultants wasestablished in June 98 as a partnership firm by three engineers and technocrats having rich experience and expertise in their respective field, Later on in April 2008 it has been taken over by main promoter Mr. Pushpin V. Shah. Ours is an organization consisting of the highly qualified and wellexperienced engineers, chemist and associated technical advisors. Further, we are delighted to mention here that our organization has obtained under mentioned recognition and accreditations to provide you competent and efficient services. QCI-NABET accreditation as an EIA Consultant Organization QCI-NABL accreditation for Chemical Testing Laboratory under ISO/IEC 17025:2005 standards Reorganization as Environmental Auditor by Gujarat Pollution Control Board ISO 9001:2008 certificate for the Management System The foundation of our organization depends on : Services: Satisfaction: Emphasis on identifying problem. Understanding it & providing precise solution for the same. The services are provided according to customer's requirement assuring best work quality to enhance customer's satisfaction. Self-Reliance: Achieving self-reliance regarding every conceivable aspect of technical sophistication, management, skills and marketing. Our Approach: Focusing on source of pollution to control the generation rather than end-of-pipe treatment by adopting 4R concept (Reduce, Reuse, Recycle & Recover) and thus to convert the liability of pollution control into an asset. Chapter-12: Disclosure of Consultant Page 12.6
247 Our Vision To establish a strong technical foothold in the field of environmental pollution control with a commitment of ethics and integrity. To promote the environmental ethics among the people & organization to achieve Sustainable Development (Achieving growth through environmental preservation and profitability). Our Mission: We deliver innovative, optimal and prompt solutions to the environmental problems of client to their fullest satisfaction by focusing on their needs and objectives. We provide proactive and best services for the complete enviro-legal compliance in order to eliminate the phobia of statutory requisite. Our vision and mission are upheld by the following values: Strategic Leadership& team work Innovation and continual improvement through involvement of people Creating valuable strategic alliance with customers to deliver him best of us Environmental Services: We are prepared and confident to render the following services in the field of environmental engineering, New project consultancy for Environmental Management System. Carrying out Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Study for the proposed industrial activity and preparing EIA & EMP reports. Designing and executing turnkey project ofeffluent Treatment Plant (ETP), Solid & Liquid Waste Incinerator and Air Pollution Control Equipment Environmental Audit as per the order and guidelines of Honorable High Court of Gujarat and GPCB. Process study to reduce the pollution at source and to reuse / recycle effluent. Preparing adequacy and efficacy report on Environmental management System. Conducting laboratory scale experiments to study treatability of industrial effluent and preparing Treatability report. Preparing Feasibility report on the Effluent Treatment Plant. Performance study of existing pollution control facility and suggesting scheme for the optimization of the facility. Chapter-12: Disclosure of Consultant Page 12.7
248 Monitoring and analysis of Water, Wastewater, Air Pollution (Stack & Ambient) and Solid Waste. Monitoring and analysis of Work Area Environment and filling-up Form-37 as per the requirements under Factory Act-1948 and Gujarat Factory Rules. Operation and Supervision contracts of ETP. Technical consultation & assistance to ensure & assure complete Environ-Legal compliance including liaison with statutory bodies in order to get the required permits, clearances & consents. Aim: Our approach is focusing on source of pollution to control the generation rather than end-of-pipe treatment and convert the liability of pollution control into an asset. We believe in providing techno-economical solution for the pollution related problems to the fullest satisfaction of the client. We also commit to provide best technical consultation & assistance for the complete enviro-legal compliance in order to eliminate the phobia of statutory requisite. Office & Laboratory Setup: We own our building admeasuring 2225 Sq. Fts. carpet area (S.B Sq.Fts.) and located in the heart of the city Ahmedabad for the set-up of office-cum-laboratory. Our office is well furnished, computerized and equipped with all the necessary modern communication facilities. Our laboratory is equipped with all required instruments, equipment and library to render services in the field of environmental auditing, consulting, monitoring and analysis. We have NABL (National Accreditation Board for Testing and calibration Laboratories) Accredited laboratory. Chapter-12: Disclosure of Consultant Page 12.8
249 ANNEXURES
250 LIST OF ANNEXURES ANNEXUR E NO. TITLE PAGE NO. 1. No Objection Certificate (NOC/ CTE) from GPCB for the existing A-2 unit 2. Consent to Operate (CTO/CCA) from GPCB for the existing unit A-5 3. Compliance report of NOC/CTE A Certified copy of compliance status of CTO from GPCB A The questionnaire for industry sector specified by MoEF A Land possession documents A NA Certificate for the acquired land A List of industries in nearby area A Permission of water supply from GWIL A Membership certificate of Common Hazardous Waste A-47 Management Facility 11. AAQ monitoring results A Gaseous emissions reports of NABL approved laboratory and A-56 recent monitoring reports from SPCB 13. Medical Examination Report of workers A Format for maintaining occupational health records of workers A Photographs Showing (a) Existing plant A-67 (b) Greenbelt area A-68 (c) Proposed expansion area A-69 (d) ETP and Hazardous waste storage area A-70 (e) Safety management in existing plant A Photographs of baseline monitoring during EIA study A National Ambient Air Quality standards A Drinking Water Specification as per IS:10500:2012 A Ambient Air Quality standards in respects of noise A Public Hearing Proceeding A-81 Annexure Page A-1
251 Annexure 1 No Objection Certificate (NOC/ CTE) from GPCB for the existing unit Annexure Page A-2
252 Annexure Page A-3
253 Annexure Page A-4
254 Annexure 2 Consent to Operate (CTO/CCA) from GPCB for the existing unit Annexure Page A-5
255 Annexure Page A-6
256 Annexure Page A-7
257 Annexure Page A-8
258 Annexure Page A-9
259 Annexure Page A-10
260 Annexure Page A-11
261 Annexure Page A-12
262 [ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report Sr. No. Annexure 3 Compliance Report of No Objection Certificate [Order No. GPCB/Unit-1/FT-178/6462 dated ] Consent Condition Without prejudice to the powers of this Board under the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act-1974, the Air Act-1981 and the Environment (Protection) Act-1986 and without reducing your responsibilities under the said Acts in any way, this is to inform you that this Board has No Objection to setting up of an industrial plant at Survey No.443, Vill-Bhimasar, Tal-Anjar, Dist: Kutch for manufacturing of the following items: - Sr. No. Product Quantity (TPM) 1 Unsaturated Polyester Resin Alkyd Resin Epoxy Resin Subject to the following conditions The validity period of the NOC order is FIVE year from the date of issue of this order. This NOC does not tantamount carry permission. NOC etc that is required to be obtained from other competent agencies in appropriate time. Ground water shall not be used for any industrial purpose including construction. 1. The quantity of the industrial effluent from the manufacturing process and other ancillary industrial operation shall not exceed 4000 Lit/day. 2. The quantity of the domestic waste water (sewage) shall not exceed 2000 Lits/day. 3. The quality of Industrial effluent shall conform to the following standards:- PARAMETERS PERMISSIBLE LIMITS ph 6.5 to 8.5 Color (Pt. Co unit) 100 units Temperature 40ºC Total Suspended Solids 100 mg/l Total Dissolved Solids 2100 mg/l Phenolic Compound 1 mg/l BOD (5 Days 20ºC) 30 mg/l COD 100 mg/l O & G 10 mg/l Compliance status Consent to operate (CTO) has been obtained for first two products for same production capacity as per this NOC. Noted Noted Noted CTO has been obtained for 2000 Liters/day CTO has been obtained for 4000 Liters/day Collected and equalized effluent is completely evaporated in Thermal Fluid Evaporator. CTO has been granted for the same. Annexure Page A-13
263 Sr. Consent Condition No. % Na 60 Bio- Assay Test: 90% Survival of fish after 96 hrs. in 100% effluent. 4. The treated effluent conforming to the above standards; shall be utilized on land for gardening, plantation and irrigation within the premises of the industry. 5. Sewage shall be disposed of through septic tank-soak pit system. 6. Diesel shall be utilized as fuel in the DG set at a rate of 3500 Lits/day and furnace oil shall be used as a fuel in the thermic fluid 3500 Kg/day (non IBR). 7. Flue gas emission from stack of 11 meters height attached the D.G. set shall conform to the following standards. PARAMETERS PERMISSIBLE LIMITS Paritculate Matter 150 mg/nm 3 Oxides of Sulphur 100 ppm Oxides of Nitrogen 50 ppm 8. Stack monitoring facilities like port hole, platform/ ladder etc., shall be provided with stack/vents/chimney in order to facilitate sampling of gases being emitted into the atmosphere. 9. Ambient air quality within the premises of the industry shall PARAMETERS PERMISSIBLE LIMITS Suspended Particulate Matter 200 µg/m 3 SO 2 80 µg/m 3 NO x 80 µg/m 3 conform to the following standards:- 10. All measures for the control of environmental pollution shall be provided before commencing production. 11. Hazardous waste/solid waste if any, shall be managed as per provisions of Hazardous Wastes Rules and authorization for same shall be obtained. 12. Adequate plantation shall be carried out all along the periphery of the industrial premises in such a way that the density of plantation is at least 1000 trees per acre of land and a green belt of 5.0 meters width is developed. 13. The applicant shall have to submit the returns in prescribed form regarding water consumption and shall have to make payment of water Cess to the Board under the Water Compliance status Complying Unit has CTO for FO: 1000 Kg/day and Diesel:30 L/hr Complied Complied Complying Complied Complying Complied. Unit has developed greenbelt in 8,500 sqmt area within the premises. Complying Annexure Page A-14
264 Sr. Consent Condition No. Cess Act In case of change of ownership/management the name and address of the new owners/partners/directors/proprietor should immediately be intimated to the Board. 15. The applicant shall however, not without the prior consent of the Board bring into use any new or altered outlet for the discharge of effluent or gaseous emission or sewage waste from the proposed industrial plant. The applicant is required to make applications to this Board for this purpose in the prescribed forms under the provisions of the Water Act.1974, the Air Act and the Environment (Protection) Act Compliance status Noted Noted Annexure Page A-15
265 Annexure 4 Certified copy of compliance status of CTO Annexure Page A-16
266 Annexure Page A-17
267 Annexure Page A-18
268 Note 1: Annexure 5 QUESTIONNAIRE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL (INDUSTRY SECTOR PROJECTS) All information given in the form of annexure should be part of this file itself. Annexure as separate files will not be accepted. Note 2: Please enter x in appropriate box where answer is Yes/No I. General Information A. Name of the Project : M/S. Natural Petrochemicals Pvt. Ltd. (NPPL) Existing project / proposed project /expansion project / modernization project : Existing project (Manufacturing synthetic organic resins and proposes to do expansion in the existing production capacity) If Existing/ expansion/ Modernization project, whether environmental clearance has been obtained : Existing unit was started in 2005 and was not covered under the old EIA Notification-1994 prevalent at the time of its establishment and hence Environmental Clearance was not obtained by the unit. B. Plant Capacity (TPA) : 14,400 C. Location Village Tehsil District State Bhimasar Anjar Kutch Gujarat D Geographical Information Latitude : 23 10' 29.10" N Longitude : 70 9' 15.69" E Elevation above Mean Sea Level, (meters) Total Area envisaged for setting up of Project, (in ha.) Nature of terrain (hilly, valley, plains, Coastal plains etc.) : 56 : ha : Plain Annexure Page A-19
269 Nature of Soil (sandy, clayey, sandy, loam etc.) : Loam Permeability (cm/sec) : -- E Alternate sites considered : Not required as the proposed expansion will take place within the existing premises. Unit has sufficient land within the premises required for expansion and thus no additional land will be required. F Reasons for selecting the proposed site based on comparative evaluation of environmental considerations. II Environmental Setting : Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.4 A B Current land usage of the proposed project site Area ( in Ha) Notified Industrial Area/Estate : -- Agricultural : -- Irrigated : -- Unirrigated : -- Homestead : -- Forest : -- Grazing : -- Fallow : Marshy : -- Mangroves : -- Others ( Pl. specify) : -- Total : Please indicate area earmarked for each of the following (in Ha.) Plant Facilities : Ash Disposal : Storage (Fuel) : Storage(water) : Storage ( Hazardous Waste) : Storage ( Hazardous Chemicals) : Storage ( Others) : Approach Road(s) : Township : Please refer Chapter-2, Section , Table 2.6 Annexure Page A-20
270 Green Belt : Others (Please Specify) : Total : C Is there proposed site located in a low lying area? Yes No If Yes, Level before filling (above MSL, in meters) Level after filling (above MSL in meters) : : Not applicable Quantity of Fill Material Required (in cum.) Source D Proximity to sea/ water bodies. Description Distance of site boundary, (in m) Distance of plant facilities, (in m) Sea Arabian 27 km, South Arabian 27 km, South Other Water bodies like River / creek / lake etc.(please specify) No major perennial river exists in the nearby area E Whether any of the following exist within 7 km. of the periphery of the project site. If so, please indicate aerial distance and the name of the eco-system as given under the Table. : Annexure Page A-21
271 Sr. No Description 1 National Park/Wildlife Sanctuary 2 Tiger Reserve/Elephant Reserve / Turtle Nesting Ground 3 Core Zone of Biosphere Reserve 4 Habitat for migratory birds 5 Lakes/Reservoir/Dams 6 Stream/Rivers Name Area falling within 7 km periphery of project (ha.) Not applicable Aerial Distance (in km.) F 7 Estuary/Sea 8 Mangroves 9 Mountains/Hills 10 Notified Archaeological sites Not applicable 11 Any other Archaeological sites 12 Industries/ Thermal Power Plants Refer Annexure-8 13 Defense Installation Not applicable 14 Airports Not applicable 15 Railway Lines Broad Gauge Railway Line 16 National / State Highways S.H. 50 S.H. 141: KM, East 0.1 km, NW Km, SE Description of the flora/vegetation within 7 km under following headings Agricultural crops : Commercial crops : Plantation : Natural Vegetation/Forest Type : Grass Lands : Endangered species : Endemic species : Others (Please Specify) : Refer Chapter 3.0 Section Annexure Page A-22
272 G Description of fauna (non domesticated) within 7 km under following headings. : Total listing of faunal elements : Endemic fauna species : Endangered Species : Migratory species : Route of migratory species of birds : and animals Details of aquatic ( if applicable) Refer chapter 3.0 Section III Meteorological Parameters A Seasonal Monitoring Data (continuous monitoring for one full season except monsoon should be carried out : Temperature (in C) a. Maximum C b. Minimum 6.24 C c. Average C Rainfall (in mm) Maximum -- Minimum -- Mean -- Mean Value of Humidity (in %), : Average 44% Inversion occurrence Not available In Percentage Height in meters : : Seasonal Wind-rose pattern (16 points on compass scale Hourly Mean Meteorological data (based on one full season collected at site required as input for air quality modeling) Refer Chapter-3.0, Figure-3.4 : Data collected and used for air quality modeling. Summary of the same is given in Chapter-3, Section Annexure Page A-23
273 IV Hour Low/Medium Cloud amount (in OCTAS) 1 2 Ambient Air Quality Data Wind Speed in (Km/h) Predominant Wind Direction Ambient air temperature (in deg K) Hourly stability Mixing depth (in m) [Frequency of Monitoring should be as per guidelines of CPCB and monitoring should cover one full season (excluding monsoon)] A Season and period for which monitoring has been carried out : December 2013 to February 2014 B Frequency of Sampling : All the monitoring stations were monitored 24 hourly twice a week throughout the study period. C Number of samples collected at each site. : Date, Time & Location Wind direction & Speed 24 hourly Concentration as monitored (in g/m3.) SPM, RPM, SO 2, Nox, CO Refer Chapter-3, Table 3.5 Permissible Standard (As per EPA/SPCB consent) Remarks (Name of the instrument and sensitivity) D 24 hourly concentrations ( in g/m3) : Pollutant(s) Maximum Minimum Mean 98% SPM RPM SO2 Refer Chapter-3, Table 3.5 NOx E V Specific air pollution issues in the project area. Manufacturing Process Details Not applicable Annexure Page A-24
274 A Raw materials (including Process Chemicals, catalysts, additives) List of raw materials to be used at all stages of manufacture Physical and chemical nature of raw material Quantity (tonnes/month) full production capacity Source of materials Means of transportation (Source to storage site) with justification Refer Chapter-2, Table 2.5 B Brief description of the process : Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.6 C Details of process technology know how/ collaboration : The unit has adopted latest and best technology available so far in the market for the manufacturing of products. D Production Profile (tones/ year) : Name of Products, Byproducts and Intermediate Products 1. Main Products 2. By-Products C. Intermediate Products Existing Proposed activity (New/modernization/ Expansion) Refer Chapter-2, Section-2.5 Total E Means of transportation of raw material and final products : Sr. No. Means of Transport Raw Material (in TPA) Final Product (in TPA) 1 Road Refer Chapter-2, Table Rail Pipeline Sea/Air Refer Chapter-2, Table 2.5 Annexure Page A-25
275 VI WATER A Water Requirement (cum/day) : Purpose Project i) Process ii)cooling water iii)dm water iv)dust Suppression v)drinking vi) Green Belt vii)fire Services viii) Others Township i) Green Belt ii) Drinking iii)others(specify) TOTAL Avg. Demand Peak Demand Source Type Treated/ untreated/ Fresh/ Recycled Refer Chapter-2, Section & Not applicable Remarks B Source of Raw Water Supply Sr No. Source Cu m. / hr Cu m./ day 1 Sea 2 River 3 Groundwater 4 Other surface water bodies (please specify) Refer Chapter-2, Section D Ground water Recharge Rate/ Withdrawal rate: Not applicable Ground water level (meters) i) Pre-monsoon : Refer Chapter-3, Section ii) Post monsoon : E Competing Users of Water Source : Annexure Page A-26
276 Sr. No Usage Present Consumption (Cu m/day) Addition Proposed As per local Plan Total 1 Irrigation Surface Ground Surface Ground Surface Ground F G H 2 Industry 3 Drinking 4 Other(Please Speicfy) Physico-chemical analysis of Raw Water at intake point Physico-chemical analysis of treated at intake point Waste Water Management Not applicable : Refer Chapter-3, Table Description of wastewater treatment plant with flow chart. 2. Characteristics of discharge stream(s) before and after treatment. : : Refer Chapter-2, Section Item 3. Daily discharge (m 3 /day) from different Source Characteristics Before After Refer Chapter-2, Section a) Plant Operation : b) Workshop : c)d.m. Plant effluent : d)domestic : e)other (specify) : Refer Chapter-2, Section Quantity of water recycled Not applicable a) (in %) : b) (in cum/day) : 5. Details of recycling mechanism : Not applicable Annexure Page A-27
277 6. Mode of final discharge/disposal of treated effluent : Mode Length (in m.) Quantity(in m 3 /day) (i) Open Channel (ii) Pipeline (iii) Others (Please specify) Industrial Effluent is collected and equalized and then completely evaporated in Thermal Fluid Evaporator. After expansion the same will be incinerated and Evaporator will be kept as stand-by. Thus unit maintains Zero Discharge and will continue to do so. 7.Point of final discharge : Final Point Quantity discharged (in m 3 /day) (i) Green belt within the plant/township (ii) Agricultural land (iii) Fallow Land (iv) Forest Land (v) River/Stream (vi) Lake Zero Effluent Discharge in existing unit as well as after proposed expansion (vii) Estuary (viii) Sea Total 8. Lean season flow rate in case of discharge in a river/stream (cusecs) : Not Available 9. Downstream users of water (in case of river, reservoir, lake (cusecs) (a) Human : (b) Irrigation : (c) Industry : (d) Others (Pl. Specify) : 10. Analysis of river water 100 metres upstream of discharge point and 100 metres downstream of discharge point (except in rainy/monsoon season) along with details of aquatic life. Not Available : No such perennial river exists nearby the project site 11. What is the predicted impact on water quality of the receiving body due to discharge? (Briefly state the prediction : Chapter-4, Section Annexure Page A-28
278 tool adopted) VII Solid Waste Management A Details : Chapter-2, Section B S. Source No 1 Raw water treatment plant 2 ETP 3 Process 4 Spent Catalyst 5 Oily Sludge 6 Others (Pl. Specify) Qty (TPM) If waste(s) contain any hazardous/ toxic substance/ radioactive materials or heavy metals, provide data and proposed precautionary measures. Form (Sludge/Dry /Slurry etc.) Composition : Chapter-2, Section C What are the possibilities of recovery and recycling of wastes? : Unit will explore the possibility of recovery and recycling of wastes D Possible users of Solid Waste (s). : Not applicable E Method of disposal of solid waste (s) : Chapter-2, Section S.No Method Qty (TPM) 1 Landfill 2 Incineration 3 Recovery 4 Downstream Users F In case of landfill Unit is a member of Common TSDF facility Is solid waste amenable for landfill : Yes : No : Dimensions of landfill : Life of Landfill : Years Proposed precautionary and mitigative measures along with design features : Annexure Page A-29
279 G In case of incineration Details of incinerator : i) Type : ii) Size : iii) Capacity : iv) Fuel : Likely composition and quantum of : emissions Refer Chapter-2, Section & S.No Composition Quantity (in cu.m/hr) VIII Noise Pollution Control and Management A Source : Refer Chapter-2, Section B Level at Source (db) : C Level at Project boundary Capacity : (db) D Abatement measures (give source wise details) : IX Fuel/Energy Requirements A Total Power Requirement (MW) : Refer Chapter-2, Section Description Project Township Present (in existing) Proposed Total B Source of Power (MW) : Other(pl. specify) Total Annexure Page A-30
280 Description SEB/Grid Captive power plant DG Sets Madhya In case of Present Gujarat Vij emergency or if Not applicable Company Ltd. PGVCL power is (PGVCL) not available. Proposed Madhya Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. (PGVCL) Not applicable C Details of Fuel used : In case of emergency or if PGVCL power is not available. Sr. No. Fuel Daily Consumption (TPD) Calorific value Existing Proposed (Kcals/kg) % Ash 1 Gas 2 Naphtha 3 HSD 4 Fuel Oil (LDO) Refer Chapter-2, Section Coal 6 Lignite 7 Furnace Oil D Source of Fuel (Distance in km) Not available % Sulphur Port : Mine : Refinery : Storage depot/ Terminal : E Mode of Transportation of fuel to site Not available Trucks (numbers/day) : Pipeline (length in km) : Railway Wagons (number/day) : X Atmospheric Emissions A Flue gas characteristics(spm, SO 2, NO x, CO) : Refer Chapter-4, Table 4.4 and Annexure-12 Annexure Page A-31
281 B S. No Pollutant Source of Emission 1 SPM 2 RPM 3 SO 2 4 NOx 5 CO Size distribution of SPM at the top of the stack Emission rate (kg/hr) : Concentration in flue gas (g/m 3 ) C Sr. Range No 1 Micron Micron Micron 4 <20 Micron Stack emission Details (All the stacks attached to process units, Boilers, captive power plant, D.G. Sets, Incinerator both for existing and proposed activity). Source of Emission Not Available : Refer Chapter-2, Section & Chapter-4, Table 4.4 Plant section & units* Stack No. Height from ground level (m) nternal Diamete (Top), (m) Emission Rate (kg/hr)* Temp. of Exhaust Gases (deg K) Exit Velocity (m/sec) Temp Density Exhaust Gas Specific Heat Volumetric Flow (m3) *Note: Please indicate the specific section to which the stack is attached. For e.g.: Process section, D.G. Set, Boiler, Power Plant, incinerator etc. Emission rate (kg/hr.) for each pollutant (SPM, SO 2, NO x etc. should be specified. D E Details of fugitive emissions (Indicate the points of fugitive emissions and quantities estimated) Predicted impact on air quality (as per CPCB Guidelines for conducting the air quality modeling) : - : Refer Chapter-4, Section Annexure Page A-32
282 XI Pollution load statement (Applicable to Expansion and Modernization Projects only) Parameter Existing Plant Proposed Expansion/ Total Remarks Modernization Land area (ha) Expansion will take place in existing premises having total area of ha Raw water (m3/day) Power (MW) 425 KVA of power supply from PGVCL grid. 150 KVA of power supply from PGVCL grid. 575 KVA of power supply from PGVCL grid. Existing D.G. sets stand-by of capacity: 380 KVA & 250 KVA Waste water (effluent generation) (m 3 /day) Refer Chapter-2, Table 2.12 a. Process b. Domestic Air emissions (gms/hr.) a. SPM b. CO Refer Chapter-4, Table 4.4 c. SO 2 d. NOx e. Others (like HC, Cl 2, NH 3 etc.) Hazardous Chemical Refer Chapter-2, Table 2.5 Storage (give itemwise) Solid waste (TPD) a. Non- Hazardous Refer Chapter-2, Section b. Hazardous XII Storage of chemicals (inflammable/explosive/hazardous/to xic substances) -- Annexure Page A-33
283 S. No Name Number of Storage s Capacit y (TPD) Physical and Chemical Compositio n Consumpti on (in TPD) Chapter-2, Table 2.5 Maximum Quantity of storage at any point of time Sourc e of Suppl y Means of Trans p- ortatio n XIII Occupational Health and Industrial Hygiene A What are the major occupational health and safety hazards anticipated. (Explain briefly). : B What provisions have been made/propose to be made to conform to health/safety requirements. (Explain briefly). : C Details of Personal Protective equipment provided/ to be provided to the workers. : Refer Chapter-8 D Details of proposed measures for control of fugitive emission/ odour nuisance from different sources. : E Details of fire protection and safety measures envisaged to take care of fire and explosion hazards. : XI Pollution Control Aspects A Details of Pollution Control Systems: : B Sr. No Parameters Existing Proposed to be installed i) Air ii) Water Chapter-2, Section-2.10 iii) Noise iv) Solid Waste Efficiency of each pollution control equipment/system installed. 1 Existing Units : Annexure Page A-34
284 S. Name of the System Design Efficiency % No Equipment 1 2 Chapter-2, Section Proposed Project : Present Working efficiency % Sr. No. 1 2 Name of the System Equipment Design Efficiency % Chapter-2, Section-2.10 XV Green Belt Plan A Total area of project/ township (in ha.) : B Area already afforested (for existing projects) in ha. : C Area proposed to be afforested (in ha.) : Refer Chapter-5, Section-5.4 D Plant Species proposed 1 Indigenous : 2 Exotic : E Width of green belt ( minimum, in m) 1 Along plant boundary : 2 Roads and avenues within the plant : 3 Ash Dike : 4 Township : 5 Other ornamental, garden spaces, : 6 Commercial plantation etc. : Refer Chapter-5, Section-5.5 F Trees planted & proposed 1 Planted : 2 Survival rate : 3 List of species planted : 4 Proposed : 5 List of Species : Refer Chapter-5, Section-5.5 Annexure Page A-35
285 XVI Construction Phase Management Aspects A Estimated duration of construction in months : B C Number of persons to be employed for construction 1 Peak 2 Average What provision has been made for the sewage treatment for the construction workers/ : : D How the fuel (kerosene/ wood etc) requirement of labour force will be ment to avoid cutting of trees from the adjoining areas. : Refer Chapter-4, Section-4.4 E Proposed Health care Measures with emphasis on protection from endemic diseases. : F Educational and other social welfare measures proposed. : XVII Human Settlement S. No Description Aerial distance from the periphery of the site 500m to 3000 m from the periphery Upto 500m from periphery 3000m to 7000m from the periphery 1 Population 2 Number of Houses Chapter-3, Section Present Occupational Pattern XVIII Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan Not applicable (Wherever applicable) A Village (s) affected by the project: : Annexure Page A-36
286 S. No. Village ( Tribal/ Others) Population Occupation Not Applicable Average Income per annum B Population to be displaced : Not Applicable S. No. Name of Village Landoustees only Population Homestead oustees only Land and Homestead oustees C Salient features of Rehabilitation Plan Not applicable i) Site where the people are proposed to be resettled ii) Facilities proposed at the resettlement site : : iii) Compensation package : iv) Agency/ Authority responsible for their resettlement. : XIX A B Expenditure on Environmental Measures Capital cost of the project ( as proposed to approved by the funding agency/financial Institutions (Rs. Lakhs) Cost of environment protection measures (Rs. Lakhs) : Chapter-2, Section : Chapter-5, Section-5.7 Annexure Page A-37
287 S.No Description 1 Air Pollution Control 2 Water Pollution Control 3 Noise Pollution Control 4 Environment Monitoring and Management 5 Reclamation borrow/mined area 6 Occupational Health 7 Green Belt 8 Others ( Pl. Specify) Total Recurring Cost per Annum Capital Cost Chapter-2, Section & Chapter-5, Section-5.7 C Details of organizational set up/ cell for environmental management and monitoring : Refer Chapter-6, Section-6.5 D Details of community welfare / peripheral development programs envisaged/ being undertaken by the project proponent : Refer Chapter-9, Section-9.2 XX Public Hearing Details: A B Date of Advertisement Newspapers in which the advertisement appeared (with copies) : : Draft EIA is being submitted to GPCB for conducting the Public Hearing and details will be incorporated after completion of the public hearing process. C Date of Hearing : D Panel Present : E F List of public along with address and occupation Summary/details of public hearing report : : Annexure Page A-38
288 S. No Issues raised Recommendation of panel Response of Project Proponents The Data and information given in this Performa are true to the best of my knowledge and belief. Sandeep Khandelwal [Director] Date:28-Aug-14 Signature of the Applicant with full name & address. Place: Kutch Given under the seal of organisation on behalf of whom the applicant is signing. Annexure Page A-39
289 Annexure 6 Land possession documents Annexure Page A-40
290 Annexure Page A-41
291 Annexure 7 NA Certificate for the acquired land Annexure Page A-42
292 Annexure Page A-43
293 Annexure 8 List of Industries in nearby area Sr. No. Name of industry Type of industry 1. Indian Steel Corporation Limited Steel Industry 2. Renaissance Corporation Limited PET Plastic Industry 3. Ratnamani Metals and Tubes Limited Pipe Industry 4. Welspun tubes Limited Steel Industry 5. JMD Oils Private Limited Edible Oil 6. Cargil India Pvt. Ltd. Edible Oil 7. Sky Appliances Electronic Industry 8. Tauras Timber Private Limited Plywood Industry 9. Uniworld Sugar Pvt. Ltd. Sugar Industry 10. Gran Electronic Pvt. Ltd. Electronic Industry 11. Louis Dreyfus Commodities Edible Oil 12. Nobel Natural Resources India Pvt. Ltd Chimique India Limited Deekay Pine Board Pvt. Ltd. Board Mfg 15. Purbanchal Laminates Pvt. Ltd Laminated Sheet Mfg 16. Rama Cylinders Pvt. Ltd Fabrication Industry Annexure Page A-44
294 Annexure 9 Permission of water supply from GWIL Annexure Page A-45
295 Annexure Page A-46
296 Annexure 10 Membership certificate of Common Hazardous Waste Management Facility Annexure Page A-47
297 Sr. No. Annexure 11 AAQ monitoring results Location Code: S1 Project site NAAQs NS Month Week PM hours (µg/m3) PM hours (µg/m3) SO 2 24 hours (µg/m3) NOx 24 hours (µg/m3) VOC as Iso butylene Grab (µg/m3) 1 1 st BDL Week BDL 3 2 nd BDL Week 4 1 st BDL 5 Month 3 rd BDL Week BDL 7 4 th BDL Week BDL 9 1 st BDL Week BDL 11 2 nd BDL Week 12 2 nd BDL 13 Month 3 rd BDL Week BDL 15 4 th BDL Week BDL 17 1 st BDL Week BDL 19 2 nd BDL Week 20 3 rd BDL 21 Month 3 rd BDL Week BDL 23 4 th BDL Week BDL Min Max Avg % Annexure Page A-48
298 Sr. No. Location Code:S2, Bhimasar Village NAAQs NS Month Week PM hours (µg/m3) PM hours (µg/m3) SO 2 24 hours (µg/m3) NOx 24 hours (µg/m3) VOC as Iso butylene Grab (µg/m3) 1 1 st BDL Week BDL 3 2 nd BDL Week 4 1 st BDL 5 Month 3 rd BDL Week BDL 7 4 th BDL Week BDL 9 1 st BDL Week BDL 11 2 nd BDL Week 12 2 nd BDL 13 Month 3 rd BDL Week BDL 15 4 th BDL Week BDL 17 1 st BDL Week BDL 19 2 nd BDL Week 20 3 rd BDL 21 Month 3 rd BDL Week BDL 23 4 th BDL Week BDL Min Max Avg % Annexure Page A-49
299 Sr. No. Location Code:S3, Nandgam Village NAAQs NS Month Week PM hours (µg/m3) PM hours (µg/m3) SO 2 24 hours (µg/m3) NOx 24 hours (µg/m3) VOC as Iso butylene Grab (µg/m3) 1 1 st BDL Week BDL 3 2 nd BDL Week 4 1 st BDL 5 Month 3 rd BDL Week BDL 7 4 th BDL Week BDL 9 1 st BDL Week BDL 11 2 nd BDL Week 12 2 nd BDL 13 Month 3 rd BDL Week BDL 15 4 th BDL Week BDL 17 1 st BDL Week BDL 19 2 nd BDL Week 20 3 rd BDL 21 Month 3 rd BDL Week BDL 23 4 th BDL Week BDL Min Max Avg % Annexure Page A-50
300 Sr. No. Location Code: S4, Padana Village NAAQs NS Month Week PM hours (µg/m3) PM hours (µg/m3) SO 2 24 hours (µg/m3) NOx 24 hours (µg/m3) VOC as Iso butylene Grab (µg/m3) 1 1 st BDL Week BDL 3 2 nd BDL Week 4 1 st BDL 5 Month 3 rd BDL Week BDL 7 4 th BDL Week BDL 9 1 st BDL Week BDL 11 2 nd BDL Week 12 2 nd BDL 13 Month 3 rd BDL Week BDL 15 4 th BDL Week BDL 17 1 st BDL Week BDL 19 2 nd BDL Week 20 3 rd BDL 21 Month 3 rd BDL Week BDL 23 4 th BDL Week BDL Min Max Avg % Annexure Page A-51
301 Location Code: S5 Mithi Rohar Village NAAQs NS Sr. No. Month Week PM hours (µg/m3) PM hours (µg/m3) SO 2 24 hours (µg/m3) NOx 24 hours (µg/m3) VOC as Iso butylene Grab (µg/m3) BDL 2 1 st Week BDL BDL 2 nd Week 4 1 st BDL 5 Month BDL 3 rd Week BDL BDL 4 th Week BDL BDL 1 st Week BDL BDL 2 nd Week 12 2 nd BDL 13 Month BDL 3 rd Week BDL BDL 4 th Week BDL BDL 1 st Week BDL BDL 2 nd Week 20 3 rd BDL 21 Month BDL 3 rd Week BDL BDL 4 th Week BDL Min Max Avg % Annexure Page A-52
302 Location Code:S6, Modvadar Village NAAQs NS Sr. No. Month Week PM hours (µg/m3) PM hours (µg/m3) SO 2 24 hours (µg/m3) NOx 24 hours (µg/m3) VOC as Iso butylene Grab (µg/m3) BDL 2 1 st Week BDL BDL 2 nd Week 4 1 st BDL 5 Month BDL 3 rd Week BDL BDL 4 th Week BDL BDL 1 st Week BDL BDL 2 nd Week 12 2 nd BDL 13 Month BDL 3 rd Week BDL BDL 4 th Week BDL BDL 1 st Week BDL BDL 2 nd Week 20 3 rd BDL 21 Month BDL 3 rd Week BDL BDL 4 th Week BDL Min Max Avg % Annexure Page A-53
303 Location Code: S7 Varshamedi Village NAAQs NS Sr. No. Month Week PM hours (µg/m3) PM hours (µg/m3) SO 2 24 hours (µg/m3) NOx 24 hours (µg/m3) VOC as Iso butylene Grab (µg/m3) BDL 1 st Week BDL BDL 2 nd Week 4 1 st BDL 5 Month BDL 3 rd Week BDL BDL 4 th Week BDL BDL 1 st Week BDL BDL 2 nd Week 12 2 nd BDL 13 Month BDL 3 rd Week BDL BDL 4 th Week BDL BDL 1 st Week BDL BDL 2 nd Week 20 3 rd BDL 21 Month BDL 3 rd Week BDL BDL 4 th Week BDL Min Max Avg % Annexure Page A-54
304 Location Code:S8, Ajapar Village NAAQs NS Sr. No. Month Week PM hours (µg/m3) PM hours (µg/m3) SO 2 24 hours (µg/m3) NOx 24 hours (µg/m3) VOC as Iso butylene Grab (µg/m3) BDL 1 st Week BDL BDL 2 nd Week 4 1 st BDL 5 Month BDL 3 rd Week BDL BDL 4 th Week BDL BDL 1 st Week BDL BDL 2 nd Week 12 2 nd BDL 13 Month BDL 3 rd Week BDL BDL 4 th Week BDL BDL 1 st Week BDL BDL 2 nd Week 20 3 rd BDL 21 Month BDL 3 rd Week BDL BDL 4 th Week BDL Min Max Avg % Annexure Page A-55
305 Annexure 12 Gaseous emissions reports of NABL approved laboratory and recent monitoring reports from SPCB Annexure Page A-56
306 Annexure Page A-57
307 Annexure Page A-58
308 Annexure Page A-59
309 Annexure Page A-60
310 Annexure 13 Medical Examination Report of workers Annexure Page A-61
311 Annexure Page A-62
312 Annexure Page A-63
313 Annexure Page A-64
314 Name Annexure 14 Format for Occupational health of the workers Nature of Employment Contractor s Name (for contractual employees) Employee No. / ID No. Sex Designation Height (cm) Date of Birth / Age Department Weight (kg) Vision:Visual Acuity (Distant Vision) (With or without glasses) Right Eye Left Eye Color Blindness Squint Ears: (Audiometry) Noise Induced Hearing Loss Respiratory System: A. Spirometry Parameters Measured Predicted FVC (litres) FEV1 Annexure Page A-65
315 FEV1 / FVC% PEFR (liters/sec) MVV (liters/min) Conclusion B. Skiagram of chest Circulatory System Pulse Blood Pressure (mmhg) ECG Biochemical Parameters A) Urine: Specific Gravity PH Nitrite Protein (gm/l) Bilirubin Urobilinogen B) Random Blood Sugar (mg/dl) REMARKS Annexure Page A-66
316 Annexure 15 (a) Photographs Of Existing Plant Annexure Page A-67
317 Annexure 15 (b) Photographs of Existing Greenbelt Development Annexure Page A-68
318 Annexure 15 (c) Photographs of Area for Proposed Expansion Annexure Page A-69
319 Annexure 15 (d) Photographs of ETP and Hazardous Waste Storage Area Annexure Page A-70
320 Annexure 15 (e) Photographs of Safety Management In Existing Plant Annexure Page A-71
321 Annexure 16 Photographs showing Baseline Monitoring in the Study Area Annexure Page A-72
322 Annexure Page A-73
323 Annexure 17 National Ambient Air Quality Standards [Published By MOEF, New Delhi Vide G.S.R. 826 (E), Dated 16-Nov-2009] Annexure Page A-74
324 Annexure Page A-75
325 Annexure 18 Drinking Water - Specification [Published By Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi Vide IS 10500: 2012, Dated May 2012] Annexure Page A-76
326 Annexure Page A-77
327 Annexure Page A-78
328 Annexure Page A-79
329 Annexure 19 Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respects of Noise [Published by MoEF, New Delhi vide S.O.123 (E), Dated 14-Feb-2000 under The Noise Pollution (Regulation And Control) Rules, 2000] Annexure Page A-80
330 Annexure 20 Public Hearing Proceeding Annexure Page A-81
331 Annexure Page A-82
332 Annexure Page A-83
333 Annexure Page A-84
334 Annexure Page A-85
335 Annexure Page A-86
336 Annexure Page A-87
337 Annexure Page A-88
338 Annexure Page A-89
339 Annexure Page A-90
340 Annexure Page A-91
341 Annexure Page A-92
342 Annexure Page A-93
343 Annexure Page A-94
344 Annexure Page A-95
345 Annexure Page A-96
346 Annexure Page A-97
347 Annexure Page A-98
348 Annexure Page A-99
349 Annexure Page A-100
350 Annexure Page A-101
351 Annexure Page A-102
352 Annexure Page A-103
353 Annexure Page A-104
354 Annexure Page A-105
355 Annexure Page A-106
356 Annexure Page A-107
357 Annexure Page A-108
358 Annexure Page A-109
359 Annexure Page A-110
360 Annexure Page A-111
361 Annexure Page A-112
362 Annexure Page A-113
363 Annexure Page A-114
364 Annexure Page A-115
365 Annexure Page A-116
366 Annexure Page A-117
367 Annexure Page A-118
TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR SCOPING OF EIA STUDY
TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR SCOPING OF EIA STUDY Ours project is a proposed large scale unit and categorized as 5(h)-B as per the EIA notification 2006 of MoEFCC, New Delhi and subsequent amendments. Looking
How To Conduct An Environmental Impact Assessment
Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA studies 1. Introduction The proposed expansion of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates manufacturing unit by M/s. Sri Krishna Pharmaceuticals Limited (Unit V). is located at Plot
Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA studies
1 Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA studies Base line data collection will be collected for the Post-Monsoon season 2016 (September to November 2016) in study area and 10 kms radius from project site.
PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE
Annexure-IV PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE 1.0 Proposed Scope of Work for EIA Study The components of the EIA study include: Detailed description of all elements of the project activities (existing and proposed
Sir, 1. Executive summary of the project 2. Photographs of the proposed plant area. 3. Copies of iron ore/coal linkage documents
F. No. J-11011/218/2013-IA-II (I) Government of India Ministry of Environment and Forests (I.A. Division) Paryavaran Bhawan CGO Complex, Lodhi Road New Delhi 110 003 E-mail:[email protected] Tele fax:
The Terms of reference (ToR) for conducting Rapid EIA study for the proposed project is described below:
Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA Study Objective: In order to identify the environmental impacts due to construction and operation of the proposed project and associated facilities, a study will be
2x800 MW Thermal Power Project Near Village Paraspani, Tehsil Pathargama, Godda- District By Adani Power (Jharkhand) Limited
(IV) Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA Studies Project Category Project Proponent Location Paraspani Thermal Power Plant (2x800 MW) Coal based Thermal Power Project A [1(d) Thermal Power Plant 500 MW]
Annexure-A. No additional land used. acquired for any activity of project without obtaining proper permission. v For controlling fugitive natural dust
Annexure-A Compliance Report SEAC 2010/CR.824/TC-2 Dated 02/11/2011 Reporting Date : 27/06/2014 Manufacture of alpha Pinene, Beta Pinene, Limonene and byproducts by way of backward integration at MIDC,
Dated: 27 th June 2014
To Shri T.N. Venkatesh, I.A.S, CEO M/s. Tamil Nadu Cements Corporation Ltd. 2 nd Floor, LLA Building, 735 Anna Salai, Chennai-600002, Tamil Nadu. Email: [email protected] Fax: 044 28523991 F. No. J-11011/83/2014-IA-II
Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA studies
Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA studies 1(a): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR NON-COAL MINING PROJECTS AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT
PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE
PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE ABOUT THE PROJECT: Rampura Marble Mine (ML No.- 420/91) is proposed by M/s Continental Minerals Pvt. Ltd. The Mine Lease area consists of 3.0 ha, which is located at Khasra
BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED
TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR CARRYING OUT ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) FOR BPCL- KOCHI REFINERY MS BLOCK PROJECT AT KOCHI, KERALA PROPONENT: BHARAT PETROLEUM CORPORATION LIMITED 1.0 INTRODUCTION
TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR THE RAPID EIA STUDY
TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR THE RAPID EIA STUDY 1 SUMMARY OF EIA METHODOLOGY STEP I : SCOPING OF THE ASSESSMENT Own with prevailing regulatory setting and criteria Identification of Environmental Assessment
TOR for Synthetic Organic Chemicals ToR for EIA studies in respect of the synthetic organic chemicals industry may include, but not limited to the
TOR for Synthetic Organic Chemicals ToR for EIA studies in respect of the synthetic organic chemicals industry may include, but not limited to the following: 1 Executive summary of the project giving a
PROPOSED TOR FOR EIA STUDY
JAWAHARPUR VIDYUT UTPADAN NIGAM LIMITED 2x660 MW JAWAHARPUR THERMAL POWER PROJECT JAWAHARPUR, DISTRICT ETAH, UTTAR PRADESH PROPOSED TOR FOR EIA STUDY SEPTEMBER- 2015 DESEIN PRIVATE LIMITED CONSULTING ENGINEERS
TORs for proposed EIA & RA study
TORs for proposed EIA & RA study 1. The EIA study for the proposed project shall be carried out based on the latest environmental quality status around the project site (10 km radial distance) for one
(IV) Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA Studies
ENVIRONMENT CLERNCE FOR EXPNSION OF 1X600 MW SUPER CRITICL THERML POWER PLNT BY DDITION 2X800 MW UNIT (PHSE II) IN RIGRH DISTRICT IN CHHTTISGRH STTE (IV) Proposed Terms of Reference for EI Studies Project
TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR THE RAPID EIA STUDY FOR SHIVKAR LIGNITE BLOCK, DIST. BARMER, RAJASTHAN
1. GENERAL TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR THE RAPID EIA STUDY FOR SHIVKAR LIGNITE BLOCK, DIST. BARMER, RAJASTHAN The main objective of the EIA study is to assess the positive and negative impacts likely to accrue
PRE-FEASIBILITY CUM EMP REPORT FOR SAND EXTRACTION PROJECT (FROM RIVER PURNA PAT) FOR. KESHAVBHAI RATANJIBHAI PATEL 150 MT/day
A PRE-FEASIBILITY CUM EMP REPORT FOR SAND EXTRACTION PROJECT (FROM RIVER PURNA PAT) FOR KESHAVBHAI RATANJIBHAI PATEL 150 MT/day VILL.:VIRPOR, TAL.: VALOD, DIST.: TAPI INDEX LIST OF CONTENTS CHAPTER DESCRIPTION
PRE- FEASIBILITY STUDY REPORT. M/s. SAI MINERALS
PRE- FEASIBILITY STUDY REPORT FOR M/s. SAI MINERALS BLACK TRAP MINING (AREA 04-00-00 HECTARE) OF APPLICANT (Mr. AMARJITSINH R. VARACHHIYA) (PARTNER) AT SURVEY NO: 13, AT: ASHNAVI, TAL: JHAGADIA, DIST:
Compliance to the Environmental Clearance Conditions Sl, No Specific Conditions Compliance to the conditions 1 The gaseous emissions (S0x, NOx,.& HCL) particulate The gaseous emissions (S0x, NOx,.& matter
PRE-FEASIBILITY CUM DETAIL PROJECT REPORT FOR SAND EXTRACTION PROJECT: 300 MT/DAY (FROM RIVER TAPI PAT)
A PRE-FEASIBILITY CUM DETAIL PROJECT REPORT FOR SAND EXTRACTION PROJECT: 300 MT/DAY (FROM RIVER TAPI PAT) OF PADMABEN JAYANTIBHAI OAD RESI. AT: VILL: GHALA, TAL: KAMREJ, DIST: SURAT INDEX LIST OF CONTENTS
No. J-11015/290/2013-IA.II(M) GOVERNMENT OF INDIA MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT AND FORESTS IA-II (Coal-Mining) Division
No. J-11015/290/2013-IA.II(M) GOVERNMENT OF INDIA MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT AND FORESTS IA-II (Coal-Mining) Division Paryavaran Bhawan CGO Complex, Lodhi Road New Delhi- 110 003 To The Managing Director
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ENVIrONMENT MaNaGEMENT plan 1. INTRODUCTION: Shri Ratilal Ravji Solanki have a Blacktrap mining lease project for an area of 1.00.00 Ha located on Survey no. 984 paiki, Village:
PRE- FEASIBILITY STUDY REPORT
PRE- FEASIBILITY STUDY REPORT FOR RAJNIKANT GORDHANBHAI CHANIYARA PROPOSED BLACK TRAP MINING (AREA 03-00-53 HECTARE) OF APPLICANT (Mr.Rajnikant Gordhanbhai chaniyara) (PAWOR OF ATTORNEY) AT BLOCK NO: 66
Final Environmental Impact Assessment of Smt. Singam Bhavani Laterite Mining ADDITIONAL STUDIES
ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.0 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN It is presumed that the proposed mining process would be designed and engineered with all possible safety measures and standard code of practices. In spite
Description of Condition. Status of compliance. Natural Gas/ RNLG shall be used as fuel for the power plant. (No change in fuel is envisaged)
Status of Compliance of the stipulated conditions of the Environment Clearance No. J 13012/36/2011-IA.II (T) Dt. October 21, 2011 Period from June, 2011 to Nov., 2011 A. Specific Conditions Condition No.
TERMS OF REFERENCE. BEFORE CONSTRUCTION: Sl No TOR RESPONSE 1. Legalities of the land: Is the land The Project is clear from all angles.
TERMS OF REFERENCE Name of the Project: M/s Suadela Constructions Pvt. Ltd. Address: Sy.No. 321/2B(P),321/2C(P),322/1,323/1(P),323/1(P),323/3,323/4,323/5(P), 323/6,323/7,325/1(P),325/2,327,328/1,328/2(P),328/3,328/4,330,331,332/2
Proposal for a RECOMMENDATION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION
EUROPEAN COMMISSION Brussels, XXX [ ] (2013) XXX draft Proposal for a RECOMMENDATION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION Providing minimum principles for the exploration and production of hydrocarbons (especially
M/s SANGHVI GRUHA NIRMAN PVT. LTD. PROPOSED. REDEVELOPMENT OF BUILDING (JANKI BHAVAN) At
M/s SANGHVI GRUHA NIRMAN PVT. LTD. PROPOSED REDEVELOPMENT OF BUILDING (JANKI BHAVAN) At Final Plot No. 1274, situated at T.P.S. IV, Mahim, Hatiskar Marg, Prabhadevi, Mumbai 400 025. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY PREPARED
PRE - FEASIBILITY REPORT
PRE - FEASIBILITY REPORT FOR OBTAINING PRIOR ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE TO Building Stone MINING ACTIVITY FOR CATEGORY B3 UNDER THE EIA NOTIFICATION 3006 AMENDED ON 31/05/3013 TO 1.97.58 SHREE SHAH ENGINEERING
PRODUCED BY AN AUTODESK EDUCATIONAL PRODUCT PRODUCED BY AN AUTODESK EDUCATIONAL PRODUCT
29.00 WASTE RECOVERY SYSTEM Plant 3 (proposed ) YARD INCINERATOR 3 (proposed ) WASTE RECOVERY SYSTEM Plant 1 INCINERATOR 1 45 46 INCINERATOR 2 WASTE RECOVERY SYSTEM PLANT 2 3 NOS STORAGE TANKS AQUEOUS
Project Details-Minor Minerals (Other Than Sand)
Project Details-Minor Minerals (Other Than Sand) Sr. No. Details Particulars ABOUT THE PROPOSAL 1. Name Of lease Holder M/s. Kirtikumar Samji Sengani 23 0'27.43"N 69 24'10.21"E 2. Location address Survey
CONTENTS. S. NO. PARTICULARS PAGE NO. A. TOR LETTER & TOR COMPLIANCE 1. ToR Letter 1-6 2. ToR Compliance 7-20
CONTENTS S. NO. PARTICULARS PAGE NO. A. TOR LETTER & TOR COMPLIANCE 1. ToR Letter 1 6 2. ToR Compliance 7 20 B. FINAL EIA / EMP REPORT Chapter I Introduction 21 27 Chapter II Project Description 28 40
Environmental Management Plan
Environmental Management Plan ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN An Environmental Management Plan is prepared for construction phase, post construction phase (commissioning & operation) and for post project
PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT
PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT for PROPOSED PROJECT FOR SOIL MINING of M/s. BHAVINKUMAR VINODBHAI LAD SURVEY NO. 98, MOJE ANCHELI, TAL. BARDOLI, DIST. SURAT, GUJARAT 1 CONTENTS Sr. Description Page No. No. 1.
LIQUID WASTE TREATMENT FACILITY MENDIS ROAD, HUDSON CREEK DRAFT GUIDELINES FOR A PUBLIC ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT
LIQUID WASTE TREATMENT FACILITY MENDIS ROAD, HUDSON CREEK DRAFT GUIDELINES FOR A PUBLIC ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT Introduction The purpose of this Public Environmental Report (PER) is to provide the Government
2. PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT
2. PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT 2.1 Executive Summary The proposed project is Building stone quarry having lease area of 1.214 ha and falls under Category- A as per EIA Notification 2006 and its amendments of
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN :-
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN :- The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable development in the area of the proposed project. Hence it needs to be all encompassive plan for
Birmingham City University / Students Union Aspects and Impacts Register. Waste. Impacts description
Birmingham City University / Students Union and Impacts Register Waste Production of non - hazardous waste Production of hazardous waste Storage of non - hazardous waste Potential for waste to be disposed
M/s. Anjaniya Industries Plot No. 37/A, AKVNL, Industrial Area, Meghnagar, Dist: Jhabua, Madhya Pradesh.
M/s. Anjaniya Industries Plot No. 37/A, AKVNL, Industrial Area, Meghnagar, Dist: Jhabua, Madhya Pradesh. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK ASSESMENT REPORT FOR PROPOSED SPECIALTY CHEMICAL PLANT AT MEGHNAGAR,
PRE-FEASIBILITY CUM DETAIL PROJECT REPORT FOR SAND EXTRACTION. PROJECT- 50 MT/Day (FROM RIVER VALMIKI) VILL:VEDCHHI,TAL:VALOD,DIST:TAPI
A PRE-FEASIBILITY CUM DETAIL PROJECT REPORT FOR SAND EXTRACTION PROJECT- 50 MT/Day (FROM RIVER VALMIKI) VILL:VEDCHHI,TAL:VALOD,DIST:TAPI OF ABDUL MUNAF ABDUL KADAR SHAIKH (50 MT/DAY) (0-28-50 Hectors)
2. PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT
2. PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT 2.1 Executive Summary The proposed project is Building stone quarry having lease area of 0.809 ha and falls under Category- A as per EIA Notification 2006 and its amendments of
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR VILLAGE TEHSIL DISTRICT AREA MINERAL : Makrohar : Mada : Singrauli (M.P.) : 1.00 hect : Metal Stone KHASRA No : 176,178 PRODUCTION CAP : 15375 Cu.mt/year Metal Stone APPLICANT
The Ministry of Environment and Forest says No Discharge from Red Mud Pond in Lanjigarh
The Ministry of Environment and Forest says No Discharge from Red Mud Pond in Lanjigarh In response to allegations raised by certain groups claiming leakage from the Red Mud Pond at the Alumina refinery
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN LIMESTONE 1. INTRODUCTION: The proposed Bagdhara Limestone area, near Village- Bagdhara, Taluka- Jamjodhpur and District-Jamnagar, Gujarat has been granted to Dipakkumar Anantray
APPENDIX I (See Paragraph-6) FORM 1. S. No. Item Details
1 APPENDIX I (See Paragraph-6) (I) Basic Information FORM 1 S.. Item Details 1. Name of the Project/s Rojnaguda Stone Quarry In Kalahandi district of Odisha 2. S. in the schedule 1 (a) 3. Proposed capacity
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN Page 33 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN BLACK TRAP 1.0. INTRODUCTION: The proposed M/s. Black Trap Mine of Govindbhai Karshanbhai Ram area at near Vill.Chuldi, Tal.Malia-Hatina,
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 1 [Type the company name] ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN LIMESTONE (BUILDING) 1.0. INTRODUCTION: The proposed M/s. Building Lime Stone Mine of Shree Jitubhai Parbatbhai Chudashma
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN. Nilaya Hills/ Heights Promoted by M/s RBS Developers (Group Housing & Commercial Building Project)
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Of Nilaya Hills/ Heights Promoted by M/s RBS Developers (Group Housing & Commercial Building Project) at Khasra Nos. 1353Min,1354Min,1355, 1356, 1358, 1357, 1587 Ka, 1587Kha,
Environmental Management Plan
Environmental Management Plan FOR BOULDER, GRAVEL AND SAND MINOR MINERAL Mine lease area: 13.20 Ha Village Mandlai Tehsil Raipur Rani, District- Panchkula and State - Haryana Category of Project: B2 Lease
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN OF M/s Baghel Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd. AT Khasra No 1203/1 Vill- Makrohar, Tehsil-Mada, District-Singrauli (M.P.) Production Capacity: 8158Cu.mt/year Metal Stone Area 1.00 Hectare
PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT
PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT OF MASONRY STONE (CHEJA PATTHAR) MINING PROJECT (ML Area: 1.0 ha, M.L. No. 65/2011, Production Capacity-1, 11,780 TPA) Near Village: Gangora, Tehsil: Pahari, District: Bharatapur
Concept of Environmental Accounting and Practice in India
A C C O U N T I N G Concept of Environmental Accounting and Practice in India Dr. Mukesh Chauhan (The author is a Lecturer in Commerce at Mahatma Gandhi, Govt. Arts College, Mahe (Pondicherry). He can
F.N. J-11011/80/2012-IA.II(I) Government of India Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change. Dated: 27 th February, 2015
F.N. J-11011/80/2012-IA.II(I) Government of India Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change Indira Paryavaran Bhawan Jor Bagh Road, Ali Ganj, New Delhi 110003 E-mail: [email protected] Tele
Environmental guidelines for preparation of an Environment Management Plan
Environmental guidelines for preparation of an Environment Management Plan Environment Protection Authority MAY 2013 Australian Capital Territory, Canberra 2013 This work is copyright. Apart from any use
TERMS OF REFERENCES (TOR) ASBESTOS CEMENT SHEET MANUFACTURING UNIT PROPOSED EXPANSION CAPICITY FROM 120,000 TPA to 320,000 TPA
VISAKA INDUSTRIES LIMITED TERMS OF REFERENCES (TOR) ASBESTOS CEMENT SHEET MANUFACTURING UNIT PROPOSED EXPANSION CAPICITY FROM 120,000 TPA to 320,000 TPA Proposed Capacity : 200000 TPA Phase 1 : 40000 TPA
GUIDANCE DOCUMENT FOR PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) 1.0 INTRODUCTION TO GUIDANCE DOCUMENT
GUIDANCE DOCUMENT FOR PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) A. THE GUIDANCE DOCUMENT 1.0 INTRODUCTION TO GUIDANCE DOCUMENT Environmental Management Plan (EMP) translates the
Environmental Guidelines for Preparation of an Environmental Management Plan
2013 Environmental Guidelines for Preparation of an Environmental Management Plan Environmental Management Division Environmental Protection Agency 3/13/2013 ENVIRONMENTAL GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF
EnVirOnMEnT ManaGEMEnT PLan. FOr. M/S. LiME STOnE MinE OF. Dhirajlal Panchanbhai Vachhani. area. PrOPOSEd PrOdUCTiOn:-36000 TPa
EnVirOnMEnT ManaGEMEnT PLan FOr M/S. LiME STOnE MinE OF dhirajlal PanChhanBhai VaChhani area (SUrVEY no.49 PaiKi, ViLL.Unadari, TaL.Una, dis.junagadh) PrOPOSEd PrOdUCTiOn:-36000 TPa PrOJECT COST: - 15
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
6. REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT (R & R) PLAN Since the project is private land, there is no reserves forest or protected forest land within the applied area. There is no human settlements within the
Project Details- Minor Minerals (Other Than Sand)
Project - Minor Minerals (Other Than Sand) Sr. ABOUT THE PROPOSAL 1. Name of Lease Holder M/s. ABDUL MUNAF MOHAMMEDMIYA MALEK Mr.Abdul Munaf Mohammedmiya malek (Proprietor) 2. Location address OPP Block
Published in "Official Gazette of the Republic of Macedonia" No. 67/2004 LAW ON AMBIENT AIR QUALITY I. GENERAL PROVISIONS
Published in "Official Gazette of the Republic of Macedonia" No. 67/2004 LAW ON AMBIENT AIR QUALITY I. GENERAL PROVISIONS Article 1 Subject of regulation (1) This Law shall regulate the measures for avoidance,
National Planning Policy for Waste
National Planning Policy for Waste October 2014 Department for Communities and Local Government Crown copyright, 2014 Copyright in the typographical arrangement rests with the Crown. You may re-use this
Project Details- Minor Minerals (Other Than Sand)
Project - Minor Minerals (Other Than Sand) Sr. ABOUT THE PROPOSAL 1. Name of Lease Holder M/s. KARMANBHAI JODHABHAI RABARI (Partner) 2. Location address Mr. Karmanbhai Jodhabhai Rabari Survey No- 194 Paikee,
CHAPTER 24: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
Central Eyre Iron Project Environmental Impact Statement CHAPTER 24: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CHAPTER 24 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COPYRIGHT Copyright Iron Road Limited, 2015 All rights reserved This document
Climate and Disaster Resilience Index of Asian Cities
Climate and Disaster Resilience Index of Asian Cities Coexistence of Contrast Rajib Shaw Professor, http://www.iedm.ges.kyoto-u.ac.jp/ Increasing Trend 4000 3500 Source: UNPD, 2010 3000 2500 2000 1500
APPENDIX I. (See Paragraph-6) FORM 1
APPENDIX I (See Paragraph-6) FORM 1 (I) Basic Information S.. Item Details 1. Name of the Project/s Dankari Granite Black Stone Quarry 2. Sl. in the schedule Sairat case no- 91/ 12-13 3. Proposed capacity
URBAN LOCAL BODIES, HARYANA SHORT TERM TENDER
URBAN LOCAL BODIES, HARYANA SHORT TERM TENDER Urban Local Bodies, Haryana invites sealed tenders, under two envelop system, from eligible bidders for Integrated Web Based Software Development of various
The Control of Major Accident Hazards Regulations (Northern Ireland) 2015
STATUTORY RULES OF NORTHERN IRELAND 2015 No. 325 HEALTH AND SAFETY The Control of Major Accident Hazards Regulations (Northern Ireland) 2015 Made - - - - 26th August 2015 Coming into operation - 28th September
F. No. J-11011/43/2011-IA II (I) Government of India Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (Impact Assessment Division)
F. No. J-11011/43/2011-IA II (I) Government of India Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (Impact Assessment Division) Indira Paryavaran Bhawan Jor Bagh Road, Ali Ganj, New Delhi - 110003
APPENDIX I (See Paragraph -6) FORM I
APPENDIX I (See Paragraph -6) FORM I (I) Basic Information: Sl.. Item Details 1 Name of the project/s Removal of sand from Sand bar SB-G2 2 S.. in the schedule G 3 Proposed capacity / area/length / tonnage
TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER NO. TITLE PAGE NO. ABSTRACT
vii TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER NO. TITLE PAGE NO. ABSTRACT LIST OF TABLES LIST OF FIGURES LIST OF SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS iii xvii xix xxvii 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 GENERAL 1 1.2 OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE OF
COASTAL APPLICATION FOR A MAJOR SITING PERMIT
Frank M. Rabauliman Administrator Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands OFFICE OF THE GOVERNOR Bureau of Environmental and Coastal Quality Division of Coastal Resources Management Gualo Rai Center
INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION CONTROL AND RISK MANAGEMENT QUESTIONNAIRE IPPC Directive
INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION CONTROL AND RISK MANAGEMENT QUESTIONNAIRE IPPC Directive Legal reference Council Directive 96/61/EC of 24 September 1996 concerning integrated pollution prevention and control (Official
Pre- FEASIBILITY REPORT
Pre- FEASIBILITY REPORT In Respect Of JHILIMINDA SAND BED OVER 20.30 ACRES OR 8.215 HA IN VILLAGE JHILIMINDA, ATTABIRA TAHASIL OF BARGARH DISTRICT, ODISHA (For the Financial Year-2015-16 to 2019-20) Prepared
sustainability report
sustainability report Sustainable development In the midst of turbulent macro-economic conditions adversely impacting the coal sector, we maintain our focus on building a business that has a viable, long-term
GENCO HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED (GHCL) PROFORMA PC-II
GENCO HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED (GHCL) PROFORMA PC-II HIRING OF CONSULTANTS FOR EIAs, PC-1 & BIDDING DOCUMENTS FOR COAL FIRED POWER PLANT 2X660 MW (Gross) AT LAKHRA, AND FEASIBILITY OF 1x660 MW (Gross) AT
Proposed Terms of Reference (TOR) For
Proposed Terms of Reference (TOR) For OBJECTIVE Environmental Impact Assessment of Proposed Delhi to Jaipur Expressway of 8/6/4 lanes ( Green Field Project) Terms of Reference (TOR) are proposed for preparation
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN OF Shri Kuldeep Choudhary AT Khasra No.Part of 112 Vill.-Golpura, Tehsil-Gandhwani, District-Dhar (M.P.) Production Capacity: 4543 Cu.mt/year Basalt Stone&4543 Cu.mt/year Murram
KATHARINE HOUSE HOSPICE JOB DESCRIPTION. Advanced Nurse Practitioner (Independent Prescriber)
KATHARINE HOUSE HOSPICE JOB DESCRIPTION Advanced Nurse Practitioner (Independent Prescriber) Post Holder: Area of Work: Responsible to: Vacant Day Therapies Director of Nursing Services Mission To offer
GUIDELINE FOR THE INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF CONTINUOUS EMISSION MONITORING SYSTEMS (CEMS) AND THEIR USE FOR REPORTING UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF
GUIDELINE FOR THE INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF CONTINUOUS EMISSION MONITORING SYSTEMS (CEMS) AND THEIR USE FOR REPORTING UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION O.Reg. 127/01 Ontario Ministry of the Environment
1311/P, Khata No-570. Mariwada Malkangiri Malkangiri. APPENDIX I (See Paragraph-6) FORM 1. Basic Information. S. No. Item Details
1 APPENDIX I (See Paragraph-6) (I) Basic Information FORM 1 S.. Item Details 1. Name of the Project/s Mariwada Stone Quarry In Malkangiri district of Odisha 2. S. in the schedule 1 (a) 3. Proposed capacity
Prepared and Submitted by
Technical Feasibility Study Report of Proposed Sulfuric Acid and Phosphoric Acid Unloading Facilities, Acid Storage Tanks at the existing Wharf and Acid Transfer Pipeline Falling within the CRZ area &
CHANDAM7AIL,P SAND DEPOSIT
1 RVER SAND QUARRY 11 ENVRONMENT MANEGMENT PLAN OF CHANDAM7AL,P SAND DEPOST VLLAGE- GHAWDAWAL, TEHSHL- LAltEAR DSTRCT- BMTUD, STATE- MADHYA PRADESH (MASRL4 NO- 1, 10, 15, AREA- 5.975 Hectare APPLCANT Sub
Environment Impact Assessment of Thermal Power Plant for Sustainable Development
International Journal of Environmental Engineering and Management. ISSN 2231-1319, Volume 4, Number 6 (2013), pp. 567-572 Research India Publications http://www.ripublication.com/ ijeem.htm Environment
(M/s. Sundaram Steels Pvt Ltd )
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY For Expansion of existing DRI Kiln Plant from x90 TPD to 72,000 TPA (CC Billet) at B-7, Bokaro Industrial Area, Village Baldih, District Bokaro, Jharkhand (M/s. Sundaram Steels Pvt Ltd
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR VILLAGE TEHSIL DISTRICT AREA MINERAL : Kothi : Pawai : Panna (M.P.) : 1.370 Hectare : Flagstone KHASRA No : 31 PRODUCTION CAP : Max 875 Cu.mt/year Flagstone APPLICANT Shri
TAMIL NADU POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD FORM I
TAMIL NADU POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD FORM I Application for consent under Section 21 of the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 as amended (Central Act 14 of 1981) (See Rule 7 of the Tamilnadu
Pre- FEASIBILITY REPORT
Pre- FEASIBILITY REPORT In Respect Of SRIPURA SAND BED-BOVER 35.25 ACRES OR 14.265 HA IN VILLAGE SRIPURA, JHARSUGUDA TAHASIL OF JHARSUGUDA DISTRICT, ODISHA (For the Financial Year-2015-16 to 2019-20) Prepared
SPILL PREVENTION AND RESPONSE PLAN TEMPLATE FOR BUSINESSES IN DAYTON S SOURCE WATER PROTECTION AREA
SPILL PREVENTION AND RESPONSE PLAN TEMPLATE FOR BUSINESSES IN DAYTON S SOURCE WATER PROTECTION AREA Regulated Substance Management: All Regulated Substances, including chemical wastes, are to be managed
Half Yearly Compliance Report for the period from April 2013 to September 2013
Half Yearly Compliance Report for the period from April 2013 to September 2013 Name of Project: J.K. Cement Works (Unit: J.K. Cement Ltd.), Muddapur (Karnataka) EC to expansion of Cement Grinding Unit
THE CORPORATION OF THE CITY OF COURTENAY BYLAW NO. 2182. A bylaw to amend Storm Sewer Bylaw No. 1402, 1986
THE CORPORATION OF THE CITY OF COURTENAY BYLAW NO. 2182 A bylaw to amend Storm Sewer Bylaw No. 1402, 1986 The Council of the Corporation of the City of Courtenay in open meeting assembled enacts as follows:
CRZ_Welspun India Ltd Page 1 of 8
F.No.11-22/2015-IA-III Government of India Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (IA.IIISection) Indira Paryavaran Bhawan, Jor Bagh Road, New Delhi - 3 Dated: 9 th October, 2015 To M/s Welspun
A clean energy solution from cradle to grave
Environmental Product Declaration A clean energy solution from cradle to grave Offshore wind power plant employing SWT-6.0-154 siemens.com / wind 2 Assessing the performance of a wind power plant The environmental
The key points of the 2013 Annual Compliance Report are described fully in the following sections of this report:
Introduction Snowy Hydro Limited (Snowy Hydro) relies on precipitation falling over the catchments of the Snowy Mountains to supply water for the production of hydro-electricity. Cloud seeding over this
PROPASAL FROM FOR PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE (For Industrial Risks and Storage Risks)
PROPASAL FROM FOR PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE (For Industrial Risks and Storage Risks) LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY DOES NOT COMMENCE UNTIL THE PROPOSAL HAS BEEN ACCEPTED AND THE PREMIUM PAID THE TERRITORIAL
PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT
PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT In Respect Of MAHUMUHAN STONE MINE 9 OVER 2.00 ACRES (0.81 HECTARE) IN VILLAGE MAHUMUHAN, SORO TAHASIL OF BALASORE DISTRICT, ODISHA (FOR THE PERIOD: 2015 16 TO 2019 20) APPLICANT
RISK ASSESSMENT REPORT
RISK ASSESSMENT REPORT Submitted by: Rakesh Kumar, Partner M/s Maluka Bricks Industry Village Maluka, Sub-Tehsil Bhagta Bhaika, Tehsil & District Bathinda. (Punjab) (M): 0-98141-22141 1 ACTIVITY 2 1. Construction,
Development of Rural Drinking Water Security Plan A Case Study from Raipur Block, Bhilwara District, Rajasthan
Development of Rural Drinking Water Security Plan A Case Study from Raipur Block, Bhilwara District, Rajasthan Dr. B. K. Bhadra Scientist/Engr. SF Regional Remote Sensing Centre (RRSC-W) NRSC/ISRO, Dept.
